10-K 1 f51209e10vk.htm FORM 10-K e10vk
Table of Contents

 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
 
 
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008
 
Commission file number: 002-90139
 
 
 
 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
 
 
 
     
DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  94-0905160
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
1155 BATTERY STREET, SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(415) 501-6000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
 
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer þ Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
The Company is privately held. Nearly all of its common equity is owned by members of the families of several descendants of the Company’s founder, Levi Strauss. There is no trading in the common equity and therefore an aggregate market value based on sales or bid and asked prices is not determinable.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
 
Common Stock $.01 par value — 37,278,238 shares outstanding on February 5, 2009
 
Documents incorporated by reference: None
 


 

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO FORM 10-K
 
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING NOVEMBER 30, 2008
 
                 
        Page
 
      Business     3  
      Risk Factors     9  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     18  
      Properties     19  
      Legal Proceedings     20  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     21  
 
      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     22  
      Selected Financial Data     23  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     24  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     45  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     48  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     102  
      Controls and Procedures     102  
      Other Information     103  
 
      Directors and Executive Officers     104  
      Executive Compensation     108  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     128  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     130  
      Principal Accounting Fees and Services     131  
 
      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     132  
    136  
    138  
 EX-12
 EX-21
 EX-23
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32


2


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
From our California Gold Rush beginnings, we have grown into one of the world’s largest brand-name apparel companies. A history of responsible business practices, rooted in our core values, has helped us build our brands and engender consumer trust around the world. Under our brand names, we design and market products that include jeans and jeans-related pants, casual and dress pants, tops, jackets, and related accessories for men, women and children. We also license our trademarks for a wide array of products, including accessories, pants, tops, footwear, home and other products.
 
An Authentic American Icon
 
Our Levi’s® brand has become one of the most widely recognized brands in the history of the apparel industry. Its broad distribution reflects the brand’s appeal across consumers of all ages and lifestyles. Its merchandising and marketing reflect the brand’s core attributes: original, definitive, confident and youthful.
 
Our Dockers® brand was at the forefront of the business casual trend in the United States. It has since grown to a global brand covering a wide range of wearing occasions for men and women with products that combine approachable style, relevant innovation and sustained quality. Our Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm brand focuses on bringing our style, authenticity and quality to value-seeking consumers.
 
Our Global Reach
 
We operate our business through three geographic regions: Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific. Each of our regions includes established markets, which we refer to as mature markets, such as the United States, Japan, Canada and France, and emerging markets, such as India, China, Brazil and Russia. Although our brands are recognized as authentically “American,” we derive approximately half of our net revenues from outside the United States.
 
Our products are sold in approximately 60,000 retail locations in more than 110 countries. This includes approximately 1,800 retail stores dedicated to our brands, including both franchised and company-operated stores.
 
We support our brands through a global infrastructure, both sourcing and marketing our products around the world. We distribute our Levi’s® and Dockers® products primarily through chain retailers and department stores in the United States and primarily through department stores, specialty retailers and franchised stores outside of the United States. We also distribute products under the Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm brand primarily through mass channel retailers in the United States and Canada and mass and other value-oriented retailers and franchised stores in Asia Pacific.
 
Levi Strauss & Co. was founded in San Francisco, California, in 1853 and incorporated in Delaware in 1971. We conduct our operations outside the United States through foreign subsidiaries owned directly or indirectly by Levi Strauss & Co. We manage our regional operations through headquarters in San Francisco, Brussels and Singapore. Our corporate offices are located at Levi’s Plaza, 1155 Battery Street, San Francisco, California 94111, and our main telephone number is (415) 501-6000.
 
Our common stock is primarily owned by descendants of the family of Levi Strauss and their relatives.
 
Our Website — www.levistrauss.com — contains additional and detailed information about our history, our products and our commitments. Financial news and reports and related information about our company can be found at http://www.levistrauss.com/Financials. Our Website and the information contained on our Website are not part of this annual report and are not incorporated by reference into this annual report.


3


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategies
 
Our management is pursuing strategies to develop our business, respond to marketplace dynamics and build on our competitive strengths. Our key strategies are:
 
  •  Build upon our brands’ leadership in jeans and khakis.  We intend to build upon our brand equity and our design and marketing expertise to expand our leadership position in the jeans and khakis categories. We believe that our innovation and market responsiveness will continue to enable us to create trend-right and trend-leading products and marketing programs that appeal to our various consumer segments. We will also further extend our brands in product categories that we believe offer attractive opportunities for growth.
 
  •  Capitalize upon our global footprint.  We intend to leverage our expansive global presence and local-market talent to drive growth globally, fortifying our mature markets and capitalizing on opportunities in our emerging markets. We aim to identify global consumer trends, adapt successes from one market to another and drive growth across our brand portfolio.
 
  •  Diversify and transform our wholesale business.  We will seek out new wholesale opportunities based on targeted consumer segments and seek to strengthen our relationship with, and presence in, our existing wholesale customers. We focus on generating competitive economics and engaging in collaborative assortment and marketing planning to achieve mutual commercial success with our customers. Our goal is to ensure that we are central to our wholesale customers’ success by using our brands and our strengths in product development and marketing to drive consumer traffic and demand to their stores.
 
  •  Accelerate growth through dedicated retail stores.  We continue to expand our dedicated store presence around the world. We believe dedicated retail stores represent an attractive opportunity to establish incremental distribution and sales as well as showcase the full breadth of our product offerings and strength of our brands’ appeal. We aim to provide a compelling and brand-elevating consumer experience in our dedicated retail stores.
 
  •  Drive productivity to enable reinvestment.  We are focused on deriving even greater efficiencies from our global scale through maximizing collaboration across our regions and functions. We intend to continue to reinvest benefits of increased productivity into our businesses. We will do this while continuing to build sustainability and social responsibility into our global sourcing arrangements.
 
Our Brands and Products
 
We offer a broad range of products, including jeans, casual and dress pants, tops, skirts, and jackets. Across all of our brands, pants — including jeans, casual pants and dress pants — represented approximately 85%, 86% and 87% of our total units sold in each of fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Men’s products generated approximately 75%, 72% and 72% of our total net sales in each of fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Levi’s® Brand
 
The Levi’s® brand is positioned as the original and definitive jeans brand. Consumers around the world recognize the distinctive traits of Levi’s® jeans. The double arc of stitching, known as the Arcuate Stitching Design, and the Red Tab device, a fabric tab stitched into the back right pocket, are unique to Levi’s® jeans and are instantly recognizable by consumers. We offer an extensive selection of men’s, women’s and children’s products designed to appeal to a variety of consumer segments at a wide range of price points. Our Levi’s® brand products range from basic jeans to premium-priced styles, reflecting what we believe is the broad consumer appeal of the brand across ages, genders and lifestyles. In the United States, we continue to update our Red Tabtm jeans product and retail presence to shift to a more premium position with our chain and department store customers and penetrate new distribution. In Europe, Asia Pacific, and the rest of the Americas region, the Levi’s® brand is positioned mostly in the premium segment of the men’s and women’s markets.
 
The current Levi’s® product range includes:
 
  •  Levi’s® Red Tabtm Products.  These products are the foundation of the brand. They encompass a wide range of jeans and jeanswear offered in a variety of fits, fabrics, finishes, styles and price points intended to appeal


4


Table of Contents

  to a broad spectrum of consumers. The line is anchored by the flagship 501® jean, the best-selling five-pocket jean in history. The Red Tabtm line also incorporates a full range of jeanswear fits and styles designed specifically for women. Sales of Red Tabtm products represented the majority of our Levi’s® brand net sales in all three of our regions in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
  •  Premium Products.  In addition to Levi’s® Red Tabtm premium products available around the world, we offer an expanded range of high-end products that reflects our premium positioning in international markets. These include the Levi’s Bluetm line in Europe and Levi’s® Lady Style in Asia Pacific. In the United States, to further differentiate our offer for consumers who seek more trend-forward and premium products, we offer our Levi’s® Capital E® products. Our Levi’s® Vintage Clothing line, offered in all of our regions, showcases our most premium products by offering detailed replicas of our historical products dating back to the 19th century.
 
Our Levi’s® brand products accounted for approximately 76%, 73% and 70% of our total net sales in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, slightly less than half of which were generated in our Americas region. Our Levi’s® brand products are sold in more than 110 countries.
 
Dockers® Brand
 
First introduced in 1986 as an alternative between jeans and dress pants, the Dockers® brand has grown to include men’s and women’s apparel for a wide range of occasions. Marketed worldwide as “Dockers® San Francisco,” the Dockers® brand represents the casual, confident style of San Francisco with products rooted in the brand’s heritage as a khaki authority.
 
Our current Dockers® product offerings in the United States include:
 
  •  Dockers® for Men.  This line includes a broad range of stylish casual and dress products that cover the key wearing occasions for men: work, weekend, dress and golf. We complement these products with a variety of shirts and seasonal pants and shorts in a range of fits, fabrics, colors, styles and performance features.
 
  •  Dockers® for Women.  This line includes a range of pants, shorts, tops, skirts, sweaters and jackets in updated fits, fabrics and styles designed to provide women with a versatile head-to-toe, integrated separates offering with outfits that span the range of casual to dressy and work.
 
Our Dockers® brand products accounted for approximately 18%, 21% and 21% of our total net sales in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Although the substantial majority of these net sales were in the Americas region, Dockers® brand products are sold in more than 50 countries.
 
Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm Brand
 
Our Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm brand offers value-seeking consumers products with the style, authenticity and quality for which our company is recognized around the world. The product portfolio includes denim jeans, casual pants, tops and jackets in a variety of fits, fabrics and finishes for men, women and kids. The brand is distributed through the mass retail channel in North America and value-oriented retailers and franchised stores in Asia Pacific.
 
Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm brand products accounted for approximately 6%, 6% and 9% of our total net sales in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Although a substantial majority of these sales were in the United States, Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm brand products are sold in seven additional countries in our Americas and Asia Pacific regions.
 
Licensing
 
The appeal of our brands across consumer groups and our global reach enable us to license our Levi’s®, Dockers® and Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm trademarks for a variety of product categories in multiple markets including footwear, belts, wallets and bags, outerwear, eyewear, sweaters, dress shirts, kidswear, loungewear and sleepwear, hosiery, luggage, and home bedding products.


5


Table of Contents

We have licensees for our Levi’s® and Dockers® brands in each of our regions and for our Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm brand in the Americas region. In addition, we enter into agreements with third parties to produce, market and distribute our products in several countries around the world, including various Latin American, Middle Eastern and Asia Pacific countries.
 
We enter into licensing agreements with our licensees covering royalty payments, product design and manufacturing standards, marketing and sale of licensed products, and protection of our trademarks. We require our licensees to comply with our code of conduct for contract manufacturing and engage independent monitors to perform regular on-site inspections and assessments of production facilities.
 
Sales, Distribution and Customers
 
We distribute our products through a wide variety of retail formats around the world, including chain and department stores, franchise and company-operated stores dedicated to our brands, multi-brand specialty stores, mass channel retailers, and both company-operated and retailer Websites.
 
Multi-brand Retailers
 
Our distribution strategy focuses on making our brands and products available where consumers shop, including offering products and assortments that are appropriately tailored for our wholesale customers and their retail consumers. Our products are also sold through authorized third-party Internet sites. Sales to our top ten wholesale customers accounted for approximately 37%, 42% and 42% of our total net revenues in fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. No customer represented 10% or more of net revenues in any of these years.
 
Dedicated Stores
 
We believe retail stores dedicated to our brands are important for the growth, visibility, availability and commercial success of our brands, and they are an increasingly important part of our strategy for expanding distribution of our products in all three of our regions. Our brand-dedicated stores are either operated by us or by independent third parties such as franchisees and licensees. In addition to the dedicated stores, we maintain brand-dedicated Websites that sell products directly to retail consumers.
 
Company-operated retail stores.  Our online stores and company-operated stores generated approximately 8%, 6% and 4% of our net revenues in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of November 30, 2008, we had 260 company-operated stores, predominantly Levi’s® stores, located in 24 countries across our three regions. We had 93 stores in the Americas, 92 stores in Europe and 75 stores in Asia Pacific. During 2008, we opened 70 company-operated stores and closed 10 stores.
 
Franchised and other stores.  Approximately 1,500 franchised, licensed, or other form of brand-dedicated stores sell Levi’s®, Dockers® and Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm products in markets outside the United States. These stores are a key element of our international distribution, and are operated by independent third parties. Additionally, we consider dedicated shop-in-shops located within department stores as an important component of our retail network in international markets; we operated approximately 200 dedicated shop-in-shops as of November 30, 2008. We also license third parties to operate outlet stores dedicated to our brands within and outside of the United States.
 
Seasonality of Sales
 
We typically achieve our largest quarterly revenues in the fourth quarter, reflecting the “holiday” season, generally followed by the third quarter, reflecting the Fall or “back to school” season. In 2008, our net revenues in the first, second, third and fourth quarters represented 25%, 21%, 25% and 29%, respectively, of our total net revenues for the year. In 2007, our net revenues in the first, second, third and fourth quarters represented 24%, 23%, 24% and 29%, respectively, of our total net revenues for the year.
 
Our fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of November in each year, except for certain foreign subsidiaries which are fixed at November 30 due to local statutory requirements. Apart from these subsidiaries, each quarter of fiscal


6


Table of Contents

years 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of 13 weeks, with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2008, which consisted of 14 weeks.
 
Marketing and Promotion
 
We support our brands with a diverse mix of marketing initiatives to drive consumer demand.
 
We advertise around the world through a broad mix of media, including television, national publications, the Internet, cinema, billboards and other outdoor vehicles. We use other marketing vehicles, including event and music sponsorships, product placement in major motion pictures, television shows, music videos and leading fashion magazines, and alternative marketing techniques, including street-level events and similar targeted “viral” marketing activities.
 
We root our brand messages in globally consistent brand values that reflect the unique attributes of our brands: the Levi’s® brand as the original and definitive jeans brand and the Dockers® brand as the khaki authority expressed in casual, confident San Francisco style. We then tailor these programs to local markets in order to maximize relevance and effectiveness. For example, in July 2008, the Levi’s® brand launched its first integrated global marketing campaign to celebrate the iconic Levi’s® 501® jean. The global campaign extends from television and print to “viral” videos, digital components and outdoor elements, some of which were used across our three regions and others which appeared only in local markets.
 
We also maintain the Websites www.levi.com and www.dockers.com which sell products directly to consumers in the United States and other countries. We operate these Websites, as well as www.levistrausssignature.com, as marketing vehicles to enhance consumer understanding of our brands and help consumers find and buy our products. This is consistent with our strategies of ensuring that our brands and products are available where consumers shop and that our product offerings and assortments are appropriately differentiated.
 
Sourcing and Logistics
 
Organization.  Our global sourcing and regional logistics organizations are responsible for taking a product from the design concept stage through production to delivery to our customers. Our objective is to leverage our global scale to achieve product development and sourcing efficiencies and reduce total delivered product cost across brands and regions while maintaining our focus on local service levels and working capital management.
 
Product procurement.  We source nearly all of our products through independent contract manufacturers, with the balance sourced from our company-operated manufacturing plants. See “Item 2 — Properties” for more information about those manufacturing facilities.
 
Sourcing locations.  We use numerous independent manufacturers located throughout the world for the production and finishing of our garments. We conduct assessments of political, social, economic, trade, labor and intellectual property protection conditions in the countries in which we source our products before we place production in those countries and on an ongoing basis.
 
In 2008, we sourced products from contractors located in approximately 45 countries around the world. We sourced products in Asia Pacific, South and Central America (including Mexico and the Caribbean), Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. We expect to increase our sourcing from contractors located in Asia. No single country accounted for more than 20% of our sourcing in 2008.
 
Sourcing practices.  Our sourcing practices include these elements:
 
  •  We require all third-party contractors and subcontractors who manufacture or finish products for us to comply with our code of conduct relating to supplier working conditions as well as environmental and employment practices. We also require our licensees to ensure that their manufacturers comply with our requirements.
 
  •  Our code of conduct covers employment practices such as wages and benefits, working hours, health and safety, working age and discriminatory practices, environmental matters such as wastewater treatment and solid waste disposal, and ethical and legal conduct.


7


Table of Contents

 
  •  We regularly assess manufacturing and finishing facilities through periodic on-site facility inspections and improvement activities, including use of independent monitors to supplement our internal staff. We integrate review and performance results into our sourcing decisions.
 
We disclose the names and locations of our contract manufacturers to encourage collaboration among apparel companies in factory monitoring and improvement. We regularly evaluate and refine our code of conduct processes.
 
Logistics.  We own and operate dedicated distribution centers in a number of countries, and we also outsource logistics activities to third-party logistics providers. Distribution center activities include receiving finished goods from our contractors and plants, inspecting those products, preparing them for presentation at retail, and shipping them to our customers and to our own stores. For more information, see “Item 2 — Properties.”
 
Competition
 
The worldwide apparel industry is highly competitive and fragmented. It is characterized by low barriers to entry, brands targeted at specific consumer segments, many regional and local competitors, and an increasing number of global competitors. Principal competitive factors include:
 
  •  developing products with relevant fits, finishes, fabrics, style and performance features;
 
  •  maintaining favorable brand recognition through strong and effective marketing;
 
  •  anticipating and responding to changing consumer demands in a timely manner;
 
  •  providing sufficient retail distribution, visibility and availability, and presenting products effectively at retail;
 
  •  delivering compelling value in our products for the price; and
 
  •  generating competitive economics for our wholesale customers.
 
We face competition from a broad range of competitors both at the worldwide and regional levels in diverse channels across a wide range of retail price points. Worldwide, a few of our primary competitors include vertically integrated specialty stores such as Gap Inc.; jeanswear brands such as those marketed by VF Corporation, a competitor in multiple channels and product lines; and athletic wear companies such as adidas Group and Nike, Inc. In addition, each region faces local or regional competition, such as G-Star and Diesel in Europe; Pepe in Spain; Brax in Germany; UNIQLO in Asia Pacific; Apple/Texwood in China; and retailers’ private or exclusive labels such as those from Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (Faded Glory and George brands); Target Corporation (Mossimo and Cherokee brands); and Macy’s (INC. brand) in the Americas.
 
Trademarks
 
We have more than 5,000 trademark registrations and pending applications in approximately 180 countries worldwide, and we create new trademarks on an ongoing basis. Substantially all of our global trademarks are owned by Levi Strauss & Co., the parent and U.S. operating company. We regard our trademarks as our most valuable assets and believe they have substantial value in the marketing of our products. The Levi’s®, Dockers® and 501® trademarks, the Arcuate Stitching Design, the Tab Device and the Two Horse® Design are among our core trademarks.
 
We protect these trademarks by registering them with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and with governmental agencies in other countries, particularly where our products are manufactured or sold. We work vigorously to enforce and protect our trademark rights by engaging in regular market reviews, helping local law enforcement authorities detect and prosecute counterfeiters, issuing cease-and-desist letters against third parties infringing or denigrating our trademarks, opposing registration of infringing trademarks, and initiating litigation as necessary. We currently are pursuing approximately 800 infringement matters around the world. We also work with trade groups and industry participants seeking to strengthen laws relating to the protection of intellectual property rights in markets around the world.


8


Table of Contents

Employees
 
As of November 30, 2008, we employed approximately 11,400 people, approximately 4,700 of whom were located in the Americas, 4,400 in Europe, and 2,300 in Asia Pacific. Approximately 3,600 of our employees were associated with manufacturing of our products, 2,100 worked in retail, 1,700 worked in distribution and 4,000 were other non-production employees.
 
History and Corporate Citizenship
 
Our history and longevity are unique in the apparel industry. Our commitment to quality, innovation and corporate citizenship began with our founder, Levi Strauss, who infused the business with the principle of responsible commercial success that has been embedded in our business practices throughout our more than 150-year history. This mixture of history, quality, innovation and corporate citizenship contributes to the iconic reputations of our brands.
 
In 1853, during the California Gold Rush, Mr. Strauss opened a wholesale dry goods business in San Francisco that became known as “Levi Strauss & Co.” Seeing a need for work pants that could hold up under rough conditions, he and Jacob Davis, a tailor, created the first jean. In 1873, they received a U.S. patent for “waist overalls” with metal rivets at points of strain. The first product line designated by the lot number “501” was created in 1890.
 
In the 19th and early 20th centuries, our work pants were worn primarily by cowboys, miners and other working men in the western United States. Then, in 1934, we introduced our first jeans for women, and after World War II, our jeans began to appeal to a wider market. By the 1960s they had become a symbol of American culture, representing a unique blend of history and youth. We opened our export and international businesses in the 1950s and 1960s. In 1986, we introduced the Dockers® brand of casual apparel which revolutionized the concept of business casual.
 
Throughout this long history, we upheld our strong belief that we can help shape society through civic engagement and community involvement, responsible labor and workplace practices, philanthropy, ethical conduct, environmental stewardship and transparency. We have engaged in a “profits through principles” business approach from the earliest years of the business. Among our milestone initiatives over the years, we integrated our factories two decades prior to the U.S. civil rights movement and federally mandated desegregation, we developed a comprehensive supplier code of conduct requiring safe and healthy working conditions among our suppliers (a first of its kind for a multinational apparel company), and we offered full medical benefits to domestic partners of employees prior to other companies of our size, a practice that is widely accepted today.
 
Our Website — www.levistrauss.com — contains additional and detailed information about our history and corporate citizenship initiatives. Our Website and the information contained on our Website are not part of this annual report and are not incorporated by reference into this annual report.
 
Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS
 
Risks Relating to the Industry in Which We Compete
 
Our revenues are influenced by general economic conditions.
 
Apparel is a cyclical industry that is dependent upon the overall level of consumer spending. Our wholesale customers anticipate and respond to adverse changes in economic conditions and uncertainty by reducing inventories and canceling orders. Our brand-dedicated stores are also affected by these conditions which may lead to a decline in consumer traffic to and spending in these stores. As a result, factors that diminish consumer spending and confidence in any of the regions in which we compete, particularly deterioration in general economic conditions, increases in energy costs or interest rates, housing market downturns, and other factors such as acts of war, acts of nature or terrorist or political events that impact consumer confidence, could reduce our sales and adversely affect our business and financial condition through its impact to our wholesale customers as well as its direct impact on us. For example, the recent and ongoing global financial economic downturn has impacted consumer confidence and spending. Although the duration and full scope of the effects and consequences of the crisis are currently unknown, we have already seen several wholesale customers declare bankruptcy or otherwise


9


Table of Contents

exhibit signs of distress in this economic environment, and we do not anticipate significant improvements in consumer confidence and the retail environment for the remainder of 2009. These outcomes have and may continue to adversely affect our business and financial condition.
 
Intense competition in the worldwide apparel industry could lead to reduced sales and prices.
 
We face a variety of competitive challenges from jeanswear and casual apparel marketers, fashion-oriented apparel marketers, athletic and sportswear marketers, vertically integrated specialty stores, and retailers of private-label products. Some of these competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than we do and may be able to adapt to changes in consumer preferences or retail requirements more quickly, devote greater resources to the building and sustaining of their brand equity and the marketing and sale of their products, or adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we can. As a result, we may not be able to compete as effectively with them and may not be able to maintain or grow the equity of and demand for our brands. Increased competition in the worldwide apparel industry — including from international expansion of vertically integrated specialty stores, from department stores, chain stores and mass channel retailers developing exclusive labels, and from well-known and successful non-apparel brands (such as athletic wear marketers) expanding into jeans and casual apparel — could reduce our sales and adversely affect our business and financial condition.
 
The success of our business depends upon our ability to offer innovative and upgraded products at attractive price points.
 
The worldwide apparel industry is characterized by constant product innovation due to changing fashion trends and consumer preferences and by the rapid replication of new products by competitors. As a result, our success depends in large part on our ability to develop, market and deliver innovative and stylish products at a pace, intensity, and price competitive with other brands in our segments. In addition, we must create products at a range of price points that appeal to the consumers of both our wholesale customers and our dedicated retail stores. Failure on our part to regularly and rapidly develop innovative and stylish products and update core products could limit sales growth, adversely affect retail and consumer acceptance of our products, negatively impact the consumer traffic in our dedicated retail stores, leave us with a substantial amount of unsold inventory which we may be forced to sell at discounted prices, and impair the image of our brands. Moreover, our newer products may not produce as high a gross margin as our traditional products, which may have an adverse effect on our overall margins and profitability.
 
The worldwide apparel industry is subject to ongoing pricing pressure.
 
The apparel market is characterized by low barriers to entry for both suppliers and marketers, global sourcing through suppliers located throughout the world, trade liberalization, continuing movement of product sourcing to lower cost countries, and the ongoing emergence of new competitors with widely varying strategies and resources. These factors contribute to ongoing pricing pressure throughout the supply chain. This pressure has had and may continue to have the following effects:
 
  •  require us to introduce lower-priced products or provide new or enhanced products at the same prices;
 
  •  require us to reduce wholesale prices on existing products;
 
  •  result in reduced gross margins across our product lines;
 
  •  increase retailer demands for allowances, incentives and other forms of economic support; and
 
  •  increase pressure on us to reduce our production costs and our operating expenses.
 
Any of these factors could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
 
Increases in the price of raw materials or their reduced availability could increase our cost of goods and decrease our profitability.
 
The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, blends, synthetics and wools. The prices we pay our suppliers for our products are dependent in part on the market price for raw materials — primarily cotton — used to produce them. The price and availability of cotton may fluctuate substantially, depending on a variety of factors,


10


Table of Contents

including demand, crop yields, weather, supply conditions, transportation costs, energy prices, work stoppages, government regulation, economic climates and other unpredictable factors. In 2008, such fluctuations did not materially affect our cost of goods compared to the prior year. However, increases in raw material costs in the future, together with other factors, might make it difficult for us to sustain the level of cost of goods savings we have achieved in recent years and result in a decrease of our profitability unless we are able to pass higher prices on to our customers. Moreover, any decrease in the availability of cotton could impair our ability to meet our production requirements in a timely manner.
 
Our business is subject to risks associated with sourcing and manufacturing overseas.
 
We import finished garments and raw materials into all of our operating regions. Our ability to import products in a timely and cost-effective manner may be affected by conditions at ports or issues that otherwise affect transportation and warehousing providers, such as port and shipping capacity, labor disputes and work stoppages, political unrest, severe weather, or homeland security requirements in the United States and other countries. These issues could delay importation of products or require us to locate alternative ports or warehousing providers to avoid disruption to our customers. These alternatives may not be available on short notice or could result in higher transit costs, which could have an adverse impact on our business and financial condition.
 
Substantially all of our import operations are subject to customs and tax requirements and to tariffs and quotas set by governments through mutual agreements or bilateral actions. In addition, the countries in which our products are manufactured or imported may from time to time impose additional quotas, duties, tariffs or other restrictions on our imports or adversely modify existing restrictions. Adverse changes in these import costs and restrictions, or our suppliers’ failure to comply with customs regulations or similar laws, could harm our business.
 
Our operations are also subject to the effects of international trade agreements and regulations such as the North American Free Trade Agreement, the Dominican-Republic Central America Free Trade Agreement, the Egypt Qualified Industrial Zone program, and the activities and regulations of the World Trade Organization. Although generally these trade agreements have positive effects on trade liberalization, sourcing flexibility and cost of goods by reducing or eliminating the duties and/or quotas assessed on products manufactured in a particular country, trade agreements can also impose requirements that adversely affect our business, such as setting quotas on products that may be imported from a particular country into our key markets such as the United States or the European Union.
 
Risks Relating to Our Business
 
Our net sales have not grown substantially for more than ten years, and actions we have taken, and may take in the future, to address these and other issues facing our business may not be successful over the long term.
 
Our net sales have declined from a peak of $7.1 billion in 1996 to $4.1 billion in 2003, and have grown only modestly since 2003. We face intense competition, customer financial hardship and consolidation, increased focus by retailers on private-label offerings, expansion of and growth in new distribution sales channels, declining sales of traditional core products and continuing pressure on both wholesale and retail pricing. Our ability to successfully compete is impaired by our debt and interest expense, which reduces our operating flexibility and limits our ability to respond to developments in the worldwide apparel industry as effectively as competitors that do not have comparable debt levels. In addition, the strategic, operations and management changes we have made in recent years to improve our business and drive future sales growth may not be successful over the long term.
 
We depend on a group of key customers for a significant portion of our revenues. A significant adverse change in a customer relationship or in a customer’s performance or financial position could harm our business and financial condition.
 
Net sales to our ten largest customers totaled approximately 37% and 42% of total net revenues in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our largest customer, J.C. Penney Company, Inc., accounted for approximately 8% and 9% of net revenues in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively. While we have long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers, we do not have long-term contracts with them. As a result, purchases generally occur on an


11


Table of Contents

order-by-order basis, and the relationship, as well as particular orders, can generally be terminated by either party at any time. If any major customer decreases or ceases its purchases from us, reduces the floor space, assortments, fixtures or advertising for our products or changes its manner of doing business with us for any reason, such actions could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
 
For example, our wholesale customers are subject to the fluctuations in general economic cycles and the current global economic conditions which are impacting consumer spending, and our customers may also be affected by the tightening credit environment, which may impact their ability to access the credit necessary to operate their business. In 2008 specifically, several of our wholesale customers in the Americas region, including one of our ten largest customers, filed for bankruptcy which adversely impacted our results throughout the year. The performance and financial condition of a wholesale customer may cause us to alter our business terms or to cease doing business with that customer, which could in turn adversely affect our own business and financial condition.
 
In addition, the retail industry in the United States has experienced substantial consolidation in recent years, and further consolidation may occur. Consolidation in the retail industry typically results in store closures, centralized purchasing decisions, increased customer leverage over suppliers, greater exposure for suppliers to credit risk and an increased emphasis by retailers on inventory management and productivity, any of which can, and have, adversely impacted our margins and ability to operate efficiently.
 
We may be unable to maintain or increase our sales through our primary distribution channels.
 
In the United States, chain stores and department stores are the primary distribution channels for our Levi’s® and Dockers® products and the mass channel is the primary distribution channel for Signature products. We may be unable to increase sales of our products through these distribution channels for several reasons, including the following:
 
  •  The retailers in these channels maintain — and seek to grow — substantial private-label and exclusive offerings as they strive to differentiate the brands and products they offer from those of their competitors.
 
  •  These retailers may also change their apparel strategies or reduce fixture spaces and purchases of brands that do not meet their strategic requirements.
 
  •  Other channels, including vertically integrated specialty stores and multi-brand specialty stores, account for a substantial portion of jeanswear and casual wear sales and have placed competitive pressure on the chain and department store channels in general.
 
Our ability to maintain retail floor space, market share and sales in these channels depends on our ability to offer differentiated products and to increase retailer profitability on our products, which could have an adverse impact on our margins.
 
In Europe, department stores and independent jeanswear retailers are our primary distribution channels. These channels have experienced challenges competing against vertically integrated specialty stores. In both Europe and Asia Pacific, some of our mature markets are facing challenges evidenced by slower performance by some wholesale customers, especially when pressured by the recent downturn in general economic conditions in those areas. Further success by vertically integrated specialty stores in Europe and continued challenges in the mature markets of Europe and Asia Pacific may adversely affect the sales of our products in those regions.
 
Our inability to revitalize our business in certain markets or product lines could harm our financial results.
 
Given the global reach and nature of our business and the breadth of our product lines, we may experience business declines in certain markets even while experiencing growth in others. For example, recent declines in certain mature markets in our Europe and Asia Pacific regions impact our overall business performance despite growth in other areas such as emerging markets and our retail network, and the cumulative effect of these declines could adversely affect our results of operations. Although we have taken, and continue to take, product, marketing, distribution and organizational actions to reverse such declines, if our actions are not successful on a sustained basis, our results of operations and our ability to grow may be adversely affected.


12


Table of Contents

During the past several years, we have experienced significant changes in senior management and our board. The success of our business depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified and effective senior management and board leadership.
 
Our performance depends on the service of key management personnel and board members. We have had changes in our senior management team and board composition in 2008. Senior management departures included John Goodman, our President and Commercial General Manager of the U.S. Dockers® Brand, in March 2008; Hans Ploos van Amstel, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, in August 2008; and Alan Hed, Senior Vice President and President in our Asia Pacific region, in November 2008. We have filled and continue to seek to fill those key senior management positions that remain open. Changes to our board included Robert D. Haas, who stepped down as our Chairman of the Board and was replaced in that role by board member Gary Rogers in February 2008; and Warren Hellman, who retired from the Board of Directors in October 2008. Changes in our senior management group and board leadership, as well as our ability to attract and retain key personnel, could have an adverse effect on our ability to determine and implement our strategies, which in turn may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
Increasing the number of company-operated stores will require us to enhance our capabilities, increase our expenditures and will increasingly impact our financial performance.
 
Although our business is substantially a wholesale business, we currently operate 260 retail stores. As part of our objective to accelerate growth though dedicated retail stores, we plan to continue to strategically open company-operated retail stores, while taking into consideration the changing economic environment. The results from our retail network may be adversely impacted if we do not find ways to generate sufficient sales from our existing and new company-operated stores, which may be particularly challenging in light of the recent and ongoing global economic downturn. Like other retail operators, we regularly review store performance as part of our ongoing review of the fair value of long-lived assets, and as part of that review we may determine to close or impair the value of underperforming stores in the future.
 
Any increase in the number of company-operated stores will require us to further develop our retailing skills and capabilities. We will be required to enter into additional leases, increase our rental expenses and make capital expenditures for these stores. These commitments may be costly to terminate, and these investments may be difficult to recapture if we decide to close stores or change our strategy. We must also offer a broad product assortment (especially women’s and tops), appropriately manage retail inventory levels, install and operate effective retail systems, execute effective pricing strategies, and integrate our stores into our overall business mix. Finally, we will need to hire and train additional qualified employees and incur additional costs to operate these stores, which will increase our operating expenses. These factors, including those relating to securing retail space and management talent, are exacerbated by the fact that many of our competitors either have large company-operated retail operations today or are seeking to expand substantially their retail presence.
 
We must successfully maintain and/or upgrade our information technology systems.
 
We rely on various information technology systems to manage our operations. We are currently implementing modifications and upgrades to our systems, including making changes to legacy systems, replacing legacy systems with successor systems with new functionality and acquiring new systems with new functionality. These types of activities subject us to inherent costs and risks associated with replacing and changing these systems, including impairment of our ability to fulfill customer orders, potential disruption of our internal control structure, substantial capital expenditures, additional administration and operating expenses, retention of sufficiently skilled personnel to implement and operate the new systems, demands on management time, and other risks and costs of delays or difficulties in transitioning to new systems or of integrating new systems into our current systems. Our system implementations may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. In addition, the implementation of new technology systems may cause disruptions in our business operations. For example, we implemented an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system in the United States in the second quarter of 2008. Due to issues encountered during the stabilization of the system, we temporarily suspended shipments to our customers in the United States in the beginning of the second quarter of 2008, resulting in decreased revenues and increased administration expenses. The ERP stabilization was substantially complete by


13


Table of Contents

November 30, 2008. Information technology system disruptions such as this could have a further adverse effect on our business and operations, if not anticipated and appropriately mitigated.
 
We rely on contract manufacturing of our products. Our inability to secure production sources meeting our quality, cost, working conditions and other requirements, or failures by our contractors to perform, could harm our sales, service levels and reputation.
 
We source approximately 95% of our products from independent contract manufacturers who purchase fabric and other raw materials and may also provide us with design and development services. As a result, we must locate and secure production capacity. We depend on independent manufacturers to maintain adequate financial resources, including access to sufficient credit, secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, and maintain sufficient development and manufacturing capacity in an environment characterized by continuing cost pressure and demands for product innovation and speed-to-market. Over the past year, certain of our contractors have been unable to continue their business due to these pressures, and we may experience more difficulties with contractors in the future. In addition, we do not have material long-term contracts with any of our independent manufacturers, and these manufacturers generally may unilaterally terminate their relationship with us at any time. Finally, we may experience capability-building and infrastructure challenges as we expand our sourcing to new contractors throughout the world.
 
Our suppliers are subject to the fluctuations in general economic cycles, and the current global economic conditions have resulted in a tightening of trade finance. This may impact their ability to access the credit necessary to operate their business. In 2008, we experienced no specific cases of supplier bankruptcy which impacted our ability to deliver product or adversely impacted our business results. The performance and financial condition of a supplier may cause us to alter our business terms or to cease doing business with that supplier, which could in turn adversely affect our own business and financial condition.
 
Our dependence on contract manufacturing could subject us to difficulty in obtaining timely delivery of products of acceptable quality. A contractor’s failure to ship products to us in a timely manner or to meet our quality standards, or interference with our ability to receive shipments due to factors such as port or transportation conditions, could cause us to miss the delivery date requirements of our customers. Failing to make timely deliveries may cause our customers to cancel orders, refuse to accept deliveries, impose non-compliance charges through invoice deductions or other charge-backs, demand reduced prices, or reduce future orders, any of which could harm our sales and margins.
 
We require contractors to meet our standards in terms of working conditions, environmental protection, security and other matters before we are willing to place business with them. As such, we may not be able to obtain the lowest-cost production. In addition, the labor and business practices of apparel manufacturers have received increased attention from the media, non-governmental organizations, consumers and governmental agencies in recent years. Any failure by our independent manufacturers to adhere to labor or other laws or appropriate labor or business practices, and the potential litigation, negative publicity and political pressure relating to any of these events, could harm our business and reputation.
 
We are a global company with nearly half our revenues coming from our Europe and Asia Pacific businesses, which exposes us to political and economic risks as well as the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.
 
We generated approximately 44%, 41% and 39% of our net revenues from our Europe and Asia Pacific businesses in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. A substantial amount of our products came from sources outside of the country of distribution. As a result, we are subject to the risks of doing business outside of the United States, including:
 
  •  currency fluctuations, which have impacted our results of operations significantly in recent years;
 
  •  changes in tariffs and taxes;
 
  •  regulatory restrictions on repatriating foreign funds back to the United States;


14


Table of Contents

 
  •  less protective foreign laws relating to intellectual property; and
 
  •  political, economic and social instability.
 
The functional currency for most of our foreign operations is the applicable local currency. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates affect the results of our operations and the value of our foreign assets, which in turn may benefit or adversely affect reported earnings and the comparability of period-to-period results of operations. In addition, we engage in hedging activities to manage our foreign currency exposures resulting from certain product sourcing activities, some intercompany sales, foreign subsidiaries’ royalty payments, earnings repatriations, net investment in foreign operations and funding activities. However, our earnings may be subject to volatility since we do not fully hedge our foreign currency exposures and we are required to record in income the changes in the market values of our exposure management instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Changes in the value of the relevant currencies may affect the cost of certain items required in our operations as the majority of our sourcing activities are conducted in U.S. dollars. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect the relative prices at which we and foreign competitors sell products in the same market. Foreign policies and actions regarding currency valuation could result in actions by the United States and other countries to offset the effects of such fluctuations. The recent global financial downturn has led to a high level of volatility in foreign currency exchange rates and that level of volatility may continue and thus adversely impact our business or financial conditions.
 
Furthermore, due to our global operations, we are subject to numerous domestic and foreign laws and regulations affecting our business, such as those related to labor, employment, worker health and safety, antitrust and competition, environmental protection, consumer protection, import/export, and anti-corruption, including but not limited to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act which prohibits giving anything of value intended to influence the awarding of government contracts. Although we have put into place policies and procedures aimed at ensuring legal and regulatory compliance, our employees, subcontractors and agents could take actions that violate these requirements. Violations of these regulations could subject us to criminal or civil enforcement actions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We have made changes in our logistics operations in recent years and continue to look for opportunities to increase efficiencies.
 
We have closed several of our distribution centers in recent years and continually work to identify additional opportunities to optimize our distribution network and reduce product cost. Changes in logistics and distribution activities could result in temporary shipping disruptions and expense as we bring new arrangements to full operation, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Most of the employees in our production and distribution facilities are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and any material job actions could negatively affect our results of operations.
 
In North America, most of our distribution employees are covered by various collective bargaining agreements, and outside North America, most of our production and distribution employees are covered by either industry-sponsored and/or state-sponsored collective bargaining mechanisms. Any work stoppages or other job actions by these employees could harm our business and reputation.
 
Our licensees may not comply with our product quality, manufacturing standards, marketing and other requirements.
 
We license our trademarks to third parties for manufacturing, marketing and distribution of various products. While we enter into comprehensive agreements with our licensees covering product design, product quality, sourcing, manufacturing, marketing and other requirements, our licensees may not comply fully with those agreements. Non-compliance could include marketing products under our brand names that do not meet our quality and other requirements or engaging in manufacturing practices that do not meet our supplier code of conduct. These activities could harm our brand equity, our reputation and our business.


15


Table of Contents

Our success depends on the continued protection of our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property rights.
 
Our trademarks and other intellectual property rights are important to our success and competitive position, and the loss of or inability to enforce trademark and other proprietary intellectual property rights could harm our business. We devote substantial resources to the establishment and protection of our trademark and other proprietary intellectual property rights on a worldwide basis. Our efforts to establish and protect our trademark and other proprietary intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent imitation of our products by others or to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products. Unauthorized copying of our products or unauthorized use of our trademarks or other proprietary rights may not only erode sales of our products but may also cause significant damage to our brand names and our ability to effectively represent ourselves to our customers, contractors, suppliers and/or licensees. Moreover, others may seek to assert rights in, or ownership of, our trademarks and other proprietary intellectual property, and we may not be able to successfully resolve those claims. In addition, the laws and enforcement mechanisms of some foreign countries may not allow us to protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as we are able to in the United States and other countries.
 
We have substantial liabilities and cash requirements associated with postretirement benefits, pension and deferred compensation plans, and our restructuring activities.
 
Our postretirement benefits, pension, and deferred compensation plans, and our restructuring activities result in substantial liabilities on our balance sheet. These plans and activities have and will generate substantial cash requirements for us, and these requirements may increase beyond our expectations in future years based on changing market conditions. The difference between plan obligations and assets, or the funded status of the plans, is a significant factor in determining the net periodic benefit costs of our pension plans and the ongoing funding requirements of those plans. Changes in interest rates, mortality rates, health care costs, early retirement rates, investment returns, and the market value of plan assets can affect the funded status of our defined benefit pension, other postretirement, and postemployment benefit plans and cause volatility in the net periodic benefit cost and future funding requirements of the plans. We expect our pension expense to increase by more the $30 million in 2009 as a result of the decline in the value of our pension plan assets in 2008. This increased pension expense may extend into future years if current market conditions persist. Plan liabilities may impair our liquidity, have an unfavorable impact on our ability to obtain financing and place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to some of our competitors who do not have such liabilities and cash requirements.
 
Earthquakes or other events outside of our control may damage our facilities or the facilities of third parties on which we depend.
 
Our corporate headquarters are located in California near major geologic faults that have experienced earthquakes in the past. An earthquake or other natural disaster could disrupt our operations. Additionally, the loss of electric power, such as the temporary loss of power caused by power shortages in the grid servicing our headquarters, could disrupt operations or impair critical systems. Any of these disruptions or other events outside of our control could affect our business negatively, harming our operating results. In addition, if any of our other facilities, including our manufacturing, finishing or distribution facilities or our company-operated or franchised stores, or the facilities of our suppliers or customers, is affected by earthquakes, power shortages, floods, monsoons, terrorism, epidemics or other events outside of our control, our business could suffer.
 
We are required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Failure to comply with the requirements of Section 404 or any adverse results from such evaluation could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on the credit ratings and trading price of our debt securities.
 
We are not currently an “accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have provided an internal control report with this Annual Report, which includes management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year. Beginning with our Annual Report for the year ending November 28, 2010, our independent registered public accounting firm will also be required to issue a report


16


Table of Contents

on their evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our assessment requires us to make subjective judgments and our independent registered public accounting firm may not agree with our assessment. If we or our independent registered public accounting firm were unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the relevant period, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have an adverse effect on the trading price of our debt securities, negatively affect our credit rating, and affect our ability to borrow funds on favorable terms.
 
Risks Relating to Our Debt
 
We have debt and interest payment requirements at a level that may restrict our future operations.
 
As of November 30, 2008, we had approximately $1.9 billion of debt, of which all but approximately $180 million was unsecured, and we had $315.8 million of additional borrowing capacity under our senior secured revolving credit facility. Our debt requires us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal due under our debt, which will reduce funds available for other business purposes, and result in us having lower net income than we would otherwise have had. It could also have important adverse consequences to holders of our securities. For example, it could:
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and industry;
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to some of our competitors that have less debt; and
 
  •  limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to fund working capital and capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes.
 
In addition, borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility are at variable rates of interest. Our unsecured term loan also bears interest at a variable rate. As a result, increases in market interest rates would require a greater portion of our cash flow to be used to pay interest, which could further hinder our operations and affect the trading price of our debt securities. Our ability to satisfy our obligations and to reduce our total debt depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
 
The downturn in the economy and the volatility in the capital markets could limit our ability to access capital or could increase our costs of capital.
 
We have seen a dramatic downturn in the U.S. and global economy. The fair value of our long-term debt, as compared to its carrying value, has declined significantly in 2008, primarily due to changes in overall capital market conditions as demonstrated by lower liquidity in the markets, increases in credit spread, and decreases in bank lending activities, which result in investors moving from high yield securities to lower yield investment grade or U.S. Treasury securities in efforts to preserve capital.
 
Although we have had continued solid operating cash flow, the downturn and the disruption in the credit markets may reduce sources of liquidity available to us. We can provide no assurance that we will continue to meet our capital requirements from our cash resources, future cash flow and external sources of financing, particularly if current market or economic conditions continue or deteriorate further. We manage cash and cash equivalents in various institutions at levels beyond FDIC coverage limits, and we purchase investments not guaranteed by the FDIC. Accordingly, there may be a risk that we will not recover the full principal of our investments or that their liquidity may be diminished. We rely on multiple financial institutions to provide funding pursuant to existing credit agreements, and those institutions may not be able to meet their obligations to provide funding in a timely manner, or at all, when we require it. The cost of or lack of available credit could impact our ability to develop sufficient liquidity to maintain or grow our business, which in turn may adversely affect our business and results of operations.


17


Table of Contents

Restrictions in our notes indentures, unsecured term loan and senior secured revolving credit facility may limit our activities, including dividend payments, share repurchases and acquisitions.
 
The indentures relating to our senior unsecured notes, our Euro notes, our Yen-denominated Eurobonds, our unsecured term loan and our senior secured revolving credit facility contain restrictions, including covenants limiting our ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, make acquisitions and other investments, prepay specified debt, consolidate, merge or acquire other businesses, sell assets, pay dividends and other distributions, repurchase stock, and enter into transactions with affiliates. These restrictions, in combination with our leveraged condition, may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy, grow our business or compete with companies not similarly restricted.
 
If our foreign subsidiaries are unable to distribute cash to us when needed, we may be unable to satisfy our obligations under our debt securities, which could force us to sell assets or use cash that we were planning to use elsewhere in our business.
 
We conduct our international operations through foreign subsidiaries, and therefore we depend upon funds from our foreign subsidiaries for a portion of the funds necessary to meet our debt service obligations. We only receive the cash that remains after our foreign subsidiaries satisfy their obligations. Any agreements our foreign subsidiaries enter into with other parties, as well as applicable laws and regulations limiting the right and ability of non-U.S. subsidiaries and affiliates to pay dividends and remit cash to affiliated companies, may restrict the ability of our foreign subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. If those subsidiaries are unable to pass on the amount of cash that we need, we will be unable to make payments on our debt obligations, which could force us to sell assets or use cash that we were planning on using elsewhere in our business, which could hinder our operations and affect the trading price of our debt securities.
 
Our approach to corporate governance may lead us to take actions that conflict with our creditors’ interests as holders of our debt securities.
 
All of our common stock is owned by a voting trust described under “Item 12 — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.” Four voting trustees have the exclusive ability to elect and remove directors, amend our by-laws and take other actions which would normally be within the power of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. The voting trust agreement gives certain powers to the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates, such as the power to remove trustees and terminate the voting trust. The ownership of two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates is concentrated in the hands of a small group of holders (including three of the four voting trustees), providing the group the voting power to block stockholder action on matters for which the holders of the voting trust certificates are entitled to vote and direct the trustees under the voting trust agreement.
 
Our principal stockholders created the voting trust in part to ensure that we would continue to operate in a socially responsible manner while seeking the greatest long-term benefit for our stockholders, employees and other stakeholders and constituencies. As a result, we cannot assure that the voting trustees will cause us to be operated and managed in a manner that benefits our creditors or that the interests of the voting trustees or our principal equity holders will not diverge from our creditors.
 
Item 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
Not applicable.


18


Table of Contents

 
Item 2.   PROPERTIES
 
We conduct manufacturing, distribution and administrative activities in owned and leased facilities. We operate four manufacturing-related facilities abroad and nine distribution-only centers around the world. We have renewal rights for most of our property leases. We anticipate that we will be able to extend these leases on terms satisfactory to us or, if necessary, locate substitute facilities on acceptable terms. We believe our facilities and equipment are in good condition and are suitable for our needs. Information about our key operating properties in use as of November 30, 2008, is summarized in the following table:
 
             
Location
 
Primary Use
 
Leased/Owned
 
Americas
           
Hebron, KY
  Distribution     Owned  
Canton, MS
  Distribution     Owned  
Henderson, NV
  Distribution     Owned  
Westlake, TX
  Data Center     Leased  
Etobicoke, Canada
  Distribution     Owned  
Naucalpan, Mexico
  Distribution     Leased  
Europe
           
Kiskunhalas, Hungary
  Manufacturing and Finishing     Owned  
Plock, Poland
  Manufacturing and Finishing     Leased(1)  
Northhampton, U.K
  Distribution     Owned  
Sabadell, Spain
  Distribution     Leased  
Corlu, Turkey
  Manufacturing, Finishing and Distribution     Owned  
Asia Pacific
           
Adelaide, Australia
  Distribution     Leased  
Cape Town, South Africa
  Manufacturing, Finishing and Distribution     Leased  
Hiratsuka Kanagawa, Japan
  Distribution     Owned(2)  
 
 
(1) Building and improvements are owned but subject to a ground lease.
 
(2) Owned by our 84%-owned Japanese subsidiary.
 
Our global headquarters and the headquarters of our Americas region are both located in leased premises in San Francisco, California. Our Europe and Asia Pacific headquarters are located in leased premises in Brussels, Belgium and Singapore, respectively. As of November 30, 2008, we also leased or owned 104 administrative and sales offices in 40 countries, as well as leased a small number of warehouses in three countries. We own or lease several facilities that are no longer in operation that we are working to sell or sublease.
 
In addition, as of November 30, 2008, we had 260 company-operated retail and outlet stores in leased premises in 24 countries. We had 93 stores in the Americas region, 92 stores in the Europe region and 75 stores in the Asia Pacific region. In 2008, we opened 70 company-operated stores and closed 10 stores.


19


Table of Contents

Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
Wrongful termination litigation.  On April 14, 2003, two former employees of our tax department filed a complaint in the Superior Court of the State of California for San Francisco County in which they allege that they were wrongfully terminated in December 2002. Plaintiffs allege, among other things, that Levi Strauss & Co. engaged in a variety of fraudulent tax-motivated transactions over several years, that we manipulated tax reserves to inflate reported income and that we fraudulently failed to set appropriate valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. They also allege that, as a result of these and other tax-related transactions, our financial statements for several years violated generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations and are fraudulent and misleading, that reported net income for these years was overstated and that these various activities resulted in our paying excessive and improper bonuses to management for fiscal year 2002. Plaintiffs in this action further allege that they were instructed by us to withhold information concerning these matters from our independent registered public accounting firm and the Internal Revenue Service, that they refused to do so and, because of this refusal, they were wrongfully terminated. Plaintiffs seek a number of remedies, including compensatory and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, restitution, injunctive relief and any other relief the court may find proper.
 
On March 12, 2004, plaintiffs filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, Case No. C-04-01026. In this complaint, in addition to restating the allegations contained in the state complaint, plaintiffs assert that we violated Sections 1541A et seq. of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by taking adverse employment actions against plaintiffs in retaliation for plaintiffs’ lawful acts of compliance with the administrative reporting provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Plaintiffs seek a number of remedies, including compensatory damages, interest lost on all earnings and benefits, reinstatement, litigation costs, attorneys’ fees and any other relief that the court may find proper. The district court has now related this case to the securities class action (described below) styled In re: Levi Strauss & Co. Securities Litigation.
 
On December 7, 2004, plaintiffs requested and we agreed to, a stay of their state court action in order to first proceed with their action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, Case No. C-04-01026. Trial of plaintiffs’ Sarbanes-Oxley Act claim, plaintiffs’ defamation claim and our counter-claims was set for January 12, 2009. However, on November 3, 2008, the parties attended a court-ordered settlement conference and reached an agreement to settle all claims in this matter, including all state and federal claims. The amounts involved in the settlement are not material.
 
Class actions securities litigation.  On March 29, 2004, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, issued an order consolidating two putative bondholder class-actions (styled Orens v. Levi Strauss & Co., et al. and General Retirement System of the City of Detroit, et al. v. Levi Strauss & Co., et al.) against us, a former chief executive officer, a former chief financial officer, a former corporate controller, our former and current directors and financial institutions alleged to have acted as our underwriters in connection with our April 6, 2001, and June 16, 2003, registered bond offerings. Additionally, the court appointed a lead plaintiff and approved the selection of lead counsel. The consolidated action is styled In re Levi Strauss & Co., Securities Litigation, Case No. C-03-05605 RMW (class action).
 
The action purports to be brought on behalf of purchasers of our bonds who made purchases pursuant or traceable to our prospectuses dated March 8, 2001, or April 28, 2003, or who purchased our bonds in the open market from January 10, 2001, to October 9, 2003. The action makes claims under the federal securities laws, including Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act and Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, relating to our SEC filings and other public statements. Specifically, the action alleges that certain of our financial statements and other public statements during this period materially overstated our net income and other financial results and were otherwise false and misleading, and that our public disclosures omitted to state that we made reserve adjustments that plaintiffs allege were improper. Plaintiffs contend that these statements and omissions caused the trading price of our bonds to be artificially inflated. Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages as well as other relief.
 
On September 11, 2007, the court in this matter dismissed the Section 10(b) and 20(a) claims and dismissed the tax fraud aspects of the Section 11 and 15 claims. The court also limited the plaintiff class on the Section 11 and 15 claims by eliminating from the class those bondholders who purchased the bonds in private offerings and then exchanged them for registered bonds in the subsequent exchange offer.


20


Table of Contents

The parties entered into a settlement agreement on the remaining claims on July 12, 2008, and the court issued final approval of the settlement agreement on October 17, 2008. The amounts involved in the settlement are not material and the matter was fully concluded by the end of fiscal year 2008.
 
Other litigation.  In the ordinary course of business, we have various other pending cases involving contractual matters, employee-related matters, distribution questions, product liability claims, trademark infringement and other matters. We do not believe there are any of these pending legal proceedings that will have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Item 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
In accordance with the terms of the Voting Trust Agreement, which governs the voting trust in which all of the Company’s common shares are held, the voting trustees appointed Stephen C. Neal to be the successor voting trustee to F. Warren Hellman who resigned his position as a voting trustee in connection with his retirement from the Board on October 10, 2008. No matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008.


21


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
All outstanding shares of our common stock are deposited in a voting trust, a legal arrangement that transfers the voting power of the shares to a trustee or group of trustees. The four voting trustees are Miriam L. Haas, Peter E. Haas Jr., Robert D. Haas and Stephen C. Neal, three of whom are also directors. The voting trustees have the exclusive ability to elect and remove directors, amend our by-laws and take certain other actions which would normally be within the power of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Our equity holders, who, as a result of the voting trust, legally hold “voting trust certificates,” not stock, retain the right to direct the trustees on specified mergers and business combinations, liquidations, sales of substantially all of our assets and specified amendments to our certificate of incorporation.
 
The voting trust will last until April 2011, unless the trustees unanimously decide, or holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates decide, to terminate it earlier. If Robert D. Haas ceases to be a trustee for any reason, then the question of whether to continue the voting trust will be decided by the holders. The existing trustees will select the successors to the other trustees. The agreement among the stockholders and the trustees creating the voting trust contemplates that, in selecting successor trustees, the trustees will attempt to select individuals who share a common vision with the sponsors of the 1996 recapitalization transaction that gave rise to the voting trust, represent and reflect the financial and other interests of the equity holders and bring a balance of perspectives to the trustee group as a whole. A trustee may be removed if the other three trustees unanimously vote for removal or if holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates vote for removal.
 
Our common stock and the voting trust certificates are not publicly held or traded. All shares and the voting trust certificates are subject to a stockholders’ agreement. The agreement, which expires in April 2016, limits the transfer of shares and certificates to other holders, family members, specified charities and foundations and back to the Company. The agreement does not provide for registration rights or other contractual devices for forcing a public sale of shares or certificates, or other access to liquidity. The scheduled expiration date of the stockholders’ agreement is five years later than that of the voting trust agreement in order to permit an orderly transition from effective control by the voting trust trustees to direct control by the stockholders.
 
As of February 2, 2009, there were 187 record holders of voting trust certificates. Our shares are not registered on any national securities exchange, there is no established public trading market for our shares and none of our shares are convertible into shares of any other class of stock or other securities.
 
We paid a $50 million cash dividend on our common stock on April 16, 2008. Please see Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report for more information. We may elect to declare and pay cash dividends in the future at the discretion of our board of directors and depending upon our financial condition and compliance with the terms of our debt agreements. Our senior secured revolving credit facility and the indentures governing our senior unsecured notes limit our ability to pay dividends. For more detailed information about these limitations, see Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
We did not repurchase any of our common stock during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008.


22


Table of Contents

Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data which are derived from our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, for 2008 and 2007, and KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, for 2006, 2005 and 2004. The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, our consolidated financial statements for 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the related notes to those consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this report.
 
                                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
    November 27,
    November 28,
 
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Statements of Income Data:
                                       
Net sales
  $ 4,303,075     $ 4,266,108     $ 4,106,572     $ 4,150,931     $ 4,093,615  
Licensing revenue
    97,839       94,821       86,375       73,879       57,117  
                                         
Net revenues
    4,400,914       4,360,929       4,192,947       4,224,810       4,150,732  
Cost of goods sold
    2,261,112       2,318,883       2,216,562       2,236,962       2,288,406  
                                         
Gross profit
    2,139,802       2,042,046       1,976,385       1,987,848       1,862,326  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,606,482       1,386,547       1,348,577       1,381,955       1,367,604  
Restructuring charges, net
    8,248       14,458       14,149       16,633       133,623  
                                         
Operating income
    525,072       641,041       613,659       589,260       361,099  
Interest expense
    154,086       215,715       250,637       263,650       260,124  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    1,417       63,838       40,278       66,066        
Other (income) expense, net
    1,400       (14,138 )     (22,418 )     (23,057 )     5,450  
                                         
Income before taxes
    368,169       375,626       345,162       282,601       95,525  
Income tax expense (benefit)(1)
    138,884       (84,759 )     106,159       126,654       65,135  
                                         
Net income
  $ 229,285     $ 460,385     $ 239,003     $ 155,947     $ 30,390  
                                         
Statements of Cash Flow Data:
                                       
Net cash flows provided by (used for):
                                       
Operating activities
  $ 224,809     $ 302,271     $ 261,880     $ (43,777 )   $ 199,896  
Investing activities
    (26,815 )     (107,277 )     (69,597 )     (34,657 )     (12,930 )
Financing activities
    (135,460 )     (325,534 )     (155,228 )     23,072       (32,120 )
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 210,812     $ 155,914     $ 279,501     $ 239,584     $ 299,596  
Working capital
    713,644       647,256       805,976       657,374       609,072  
Total assets
    2,776,875       2,850,666       2,804,065       2,804,134       2,884,749  
Total debt, excluding capital leases
    1,853,207       1,960,406       2,217,412       2,326,699       2,323,888  
Total capital leases
    7,806       8,177       4,694       5,587       7,441  
Stockholders’ deficit(2)
    (349,517 )     (398,029 )     (994,047 )     (1,222,085 )     (1,370,924 )
Other Financial Data:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 77,983     $ 67,514     $ 62,249     $ 59,423     $ 62,606  
Capital expenditures
    80,350       92,519       77,080       41,868       16,299  
Dividends paid
    49,953                          
 
 
(1) In the fourth quarter of 2007, as a result of improvements in business performance and recent positive developments in an ongoing IRS examination, we reversed valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets for foreign tax credit carryforwards, as we believed that it was more likely than not that these credits will be utilized prior to their expiration.
 
(2) Stockholders’ deficit primarily resulted from a 1996 recapitalization transaction in which our stockholders created new long-term governance arrangements for us, including the voting trust and stockholders’ agreement. Funding for cash payments in the recapitalization was provided in part by cash on hand and in part from approximately $3.3 billion in borrowings under bank credit facilities.


23


Table of Contents

 
Item 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Overview
 
Our Company
 
We design and market jeans, casual and dress pants, tops, jackets and related accessories for men, women and children under our Levi’s®, Dockers® and Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm (“Signature”) brands around the world. We also license our trademarks in many countries throughout the world for a wide array of products, including accessories, pants, tops, footwear, home and other products.
 
Our business is operated through three geographic regions: Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific. Our products are sold in approximately 60,000 retail locations in more than 110 countries. We support our brands through a global infrastructure, both sourcing and marketing our products around the world. We distribute our Levi’s® and Dockers® products primarily through chain retailers and department stores in the United States and primarily through department stores, specialty retailers and franchised stores outside of the United States. We distribute products under the Signature brand primarily through mass channel retailers in the United States and mass and other value-oriented retailers and franchised stores outside of the United States. We also distribute our Levi’s® and Dockers® products through our online stores, and 260 company-operated stores located in 24 countries, including the United States. These stores generated approximately 8% of our net revenues in 2008.
 
We derived nearly half of our net revenues and more than half of our regional operating income from our Europe and Asia Pacific businesses in 2008. Sales of Levi’s® brand products represented approximately 76% of our total net sales in 2008. Pants, including jeans, casual pants and dress pants, represented approximately 85% of our total units sold in 2008, and men’s products generated approximately 75% of our total net sales.
 
Trends Affecting our Business
 
We believe the key marketplace factors affecting us include the following:
 
  •  Increasing pressures in the U.S. and global economy related to the global economic downturn, the credit crisis, volatility in interest rates, investment returns, housing and energy prices, and other similar elements that impact consumer discretionary spending, are creating a highly challenging retail environment for us and our customers.
 
  •  Wholesaler/retailer dynamics are changing as the wholesale channel continues to consolidate and as our customers build competitive exclusive or private-label offerings. In addition, traditional wholesale distributors increasingly are investing in their own retail store distribution network.
 
  •  Apparel markets have matured in certain geographic locations such as the United States, Japan, Canada and France due in part to demographic shifts and the existence of appealing discretionary purchase alternatives. Opportunities for major brands are increasing in rapidly growing emerging markets such as India, China, Brazil and Russia.
 
  •  Brand and product proliferation continues around the world as companies compete with increased numbers of differentiated brands and products targeted for specific consumer and retail segments. In addition, the ways of marketing these brands are changing to new mediums, challenging the effectiveness of more mass-market approaches such as television advertising.
 
  •  More competitors are seeking growth globally and are raising the competitiveness of the international markets in which we already have an established presence.
 
  •  The global nature of our business exposes us to earnings volatility resulting from exchange rate fluctuations.
 
  •  Quality low-cost sourcing alternatives continue to emerge around the world, resulting in pricing pressure and minimal barriers to entry for new competitors. In addition, these sourcing alternatives enable competitors that attract consumers with a constant flow of competitively-priced new products that reflect the newest


24


Table of Contents

  styles and bring additional pressure on traditional wholesalers and retailers to shorten their lead-times and become more responsive to trends.
 
These factors contribute to a global market environment of intense competition, constant product innovation and continuing cost pressure throughout the supply chain, from manufacturer to consumer, and combine with the global economic downturn and credit crisis to create a highly challenging commercial and economic environment. We expect these factors to continue into the foreseeable future.
 
Our 2008 Results
 
Despite market conditions, our 2008 results reflect revenue stability, debt reduction, and continued investment in systems and in our business.
 
  •  Net revenues.  Our consolidated net revenues increased by 1% compared to 2007 on a reported basis, and decreased 1% on a constant currency basis. Net revenues increases, resulting primarily from increased sales from new and existing company-operated and franchisee stores reflecting strong performance of our Levis® brand, were offset by the impact of a challenging economy and a weak retail environment in the United States as well as in certain markets in our Europe and Asia Pacific regions, poor performance of our Dockers® brand, and issues encountered during the implementation and stabilization of our enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system in the United States.
 
  •  Operating income.  Our consolidated operating margin declined in 2008 to 12% from 15% in 2007, and operating income decreased $116 million. An increase in gross margin was offset by additional SG&A expenses, reflecting the impact of a postretirement benefit plan curtailment gain recorded in 2007, and in 2008, the implementation and upgrade of our information technology systems, continued investment in the expansion of our retail network and our global Levi’s® 501® advertising campaign.
 
  •  Net income.  Net income decreased to $229 million in 2008 as compared to $460 million in the prior year primarily reflecting higher income tax expense, as in 2007 we recorded a tax benefit from a non-recurring, non-cash reversal of deferred tax asset valuation allowances totaling approximately $215 million. Net income in 2008 benefited as compared to prior year from lower interest expense and lower loss on early extinguishment of debt resulting from our debt refinancing activities in 2007.
 
  •  Cash flows.  Although $77 million lower than prior year, our operating activities provided strong cash flows of $225 million in 2008. The decrease as compared to 2007 was largely due to our lower operating income, but was partially offset by lower interest payments. Additionally, we paid a dividend of $50 million to our stockholders and reduced our debt by $95 million in 2008, while continuing to invest in systems and retail expansion.
 
Our Objectives
 
Our key objectives are to strengthen our brands globally in order to sustain profitable growth, continue to generate strong cash flow and further reduce debt. Critical strategies to achieve this include driving continued product and marketing innovation, driving sales growth through enhancing relationships with wholesale customers and expanding our dedicated store network, enhancing productivity through systems improvements, optimizing the cost of our products without sacrificing quality, and continuing our disciplined working capital management.
 
Financial Information Presentation
 
Fiscal year.  Our fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of November in each year, except for certain foreign subsidiaries which are fixed at November 30 due to local statutory requirements. Apart from these subsidiaries, each quarter of fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of 13 weeks, with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2008, which consisted of 14 weeks.
 
Segments.  We revised our reporting segments effective as of the beginning of 2008 as follows: our Central and South American markets were combined with our North America region, which was renamed the Americas as a result of the change, and our Turkey, Middle East and North Africa markets were combined with our region in


25


Table of Contents

Europe; all of these markets were previously managed by our Asia Pacific region. Prior-period segment disclosures contained in this Form 10-K have been revised to conform to the new presentation.
 
Classification.  Our classification of certain significant revenues and expenses reflects the following:
 
  •  Net sales is primarily comprised of sales of products to wholesale customers, including franchised stores, and of direct sales to consumers at both our company-operated and online stores. It includes allowances for estimated returns, discounts, and promotions and incentives.
 
  •  Licensing revenue consists of royalties earned from the use of our trademarks by third-party licensees in connection with the manufacturing, advertising and distribution of trademarked products.
 
  •  Cost of goods sold is primarily comprised of cost of materials, labor and manufacturing overhead, and also includes the cost of inbound freight, internal transfers, receiving and inspection at manufacturing facilities, and depreciation expense on our manufacturing facilities.
 
  •  Selling costs include, among other things, all occupancy costs associated with company-operated stores.
 
  •  We reflect substantially all distribution costs in selling, general and administrative expenses, including costs related to receiving and inspection at distribution centers, warehousing, shipping, handling, and other activities associated with our distribution network.
 
Constant currency.  Constant currency comparisons are based on translating local currency amounts in both periods at the same foreign exchange rates. We routinely evaluate our constant currency financial performance in order to facilitate period-to-period comparisons without regard to the impact of changing foreign currency exchange rates.
 
Results of Operations
 
2008 compared to 2007
 
The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, the consolidated statements of income, the changes in these items from period to period and these items expressed as a percentage of net revenues:
 
                                         
    Year Ended  
                      November 30,
    November 25,
 
                %
    2008
    2007
 
    November 30,
    November 25,
    Increase
    % of Net
    % of Net
 
    2008     2007     (Decrease)     Revenues     Revenues  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Net sales
  $ 4,303.1     $ 4,266.1       0.9 %     97.8 %     97.8 %
Licensing revenue
    97.8       94.8       3.2 %     2.2 %     2.2 %
                                         
Net revenues
    4,400.9       4,360.9       0.9 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of goods sold
    2,261.1       2,318.9       (2.5 )%     51.4 %     53.2 %
                                         
Gross profit
    2,139.8       2,042.0       4.8 %     48.6 %     46.8 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,606.5       1,386.5       15.9 %     36.5 %     31.8 %
Restructuring charges, net
    8.2       14.5       (43.0 )%     0.2 %     0.3 %
                                         
Operating income
    525.1       641.0       (18.1 )%     11.9 %     14.7 %
Interest expense
    154.1       215.7       (28.6 )%     3.5 %     4.9 %
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    1.4       63.8       (97.8 )%           1.5 %
Other (income) expense, net
    1.4       (14.1 )     (109.9 )%           (0.3 )%
                                         
Income before income taxes
    368.2       375.6       (2.0 )%     8.4 %     8.6 %
Income tax expense (benefit)
    138.9       (84.8 )     (263.9 )%     3.2 %     (1.9 )%
                                         
Net income
  $ 229.3     $ 460.4       (50.2 )%     5.2 %     10.6 %
                                         


26


Table of Contents

Consolidated net revenues
 
The following table presents net revenues by reporting segment for the periods indicated and the changes in net revenues by reporting segment on both reported and constant currency bases from period to period:
 
                                 
    Year Ended  
                % Increase (Decrease)  
    November 30,
    November 25,
    As
    Constant
 
    2008     2007     Reported     Currency  
          (Dollars in millions)        
 
Net revenues:
                               
Americas
  $ 2,476.4     $ 2,581.3       (4.1 )%     (4.2 )%
Europe
    1,195.6       1,099.7       8.7 %     0.9 %
Asia Pacific
    728.9       681.1       7.0 %     4.9 %
Corporate
          (1.2 )            
                                 
Total net revenues
  $ 4,400.9     $ 4,360.9       0.9 %     (1.4 )%
                                 
 
Consolidated net revenues were stable on a reported basis and decreased on a constant currency basis for the year ended November 30, 2008, as compared to the prior year. Reported amounts were affected favorably by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly in Europe.
 
Americas.  Net revenues in our Americas region decreased in 2008 on both reported and constant currency bases. Currency affected net revenues favorably by approximately $4 million in 2008.
 
Net revenue declines in the region reflected a weakening retail environment. Net sales in the region decreased due to lower demand and higher sales allowances and discounts for our U.S. Dockers® brand products, the bankruptcy filings of two U.S. customers and a decline in sales of our U.S. Signature brand. Additionally, net sales decreased due to issues encountered during stabilization of an ERP system we implemented in the United States, which impacted our ability to fulfill customer orders in the second quarter. The region’s net sales decreases were partially offset by increased sales from both the addition of new and continued growth at existing company-operated retail stores and strong performance of our Levis® brand.
 
Europe.  Net revenues in Europe increased on both reported and constant currency bases. Currency affected net revenues favorably by approximately $85 million.
 
Net sales increases, primarily from new company-operated stores, partially offset declines in our wholesale channels in certain markets. The increases related primarily to increased sales of our Levi’s® Red Tabtm products.
 
Asia Pacific.  Net revenues in Asia Pacific increased on both reported and constant currency bases. Currency affected net revenues favorably by approximately $14 million.
 
We had mixed performance across the region. Net sales increased primarily in our emerging markets, particularly China and India, through continued expansion of our dedicated store network and stronger consumer spending. These net sales increases were offset primarily by continuing weak performance in our mature markets, primarily Japan.


27


Table of Contents

Gross profit
 
The following table shows consolidated gross profit and gross margin for the periods indicated and the changes in these items from period to period:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
                %
 
    November 30,
    November 25,
    Increase
 
    2008     2007     (Decrease)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Net revenues
  $ 4,400.9     $ 4,360.9       0.9 %
Cost of goods sold
    2,261.1       2,318.9       (2.5 )%
                         
Gross profit
  $ 2,139.8     $ 2,042.0       4.8 %
                         
Gross margin
    48.6 %     46.8 %        
 
Compared to prior year, gross profit increased in 2008 due to the favorable impact of foreign currency in our Europe region and an increase in consolidated gross margin, resulting from a more favorable sales mix, the increased contribution of net sales from company-operated stores, and lower sourcing costs. Gross margins increased for each of our regions.
 
Our gross margins may not be comparable to those of other companies in our industry, since some companies may include costs related to their distribution network and occupancy costs associated with company-operated stores in cost of goods sold.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
The following table shows our selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) for the periods indicated, the changes in these items from period to period and these items expressed as a percentage of net revenues:
 
                                         
    Year Ended  
                      November 30,
    November 25,
 
                %
    2008
    2007
 
    November 30,
    November 25,
    Increase
    % of Net
    % of Net
 
    2008     2007     (Decrease)     Revenues     Revenues  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Selling
  $ 438.9     $ 370.6       18.4 %     10.0 %     8.5 %
Advertising and promotion
    297.9       277.0       7.5 %     6.8 %     6.4 %
Administration
    370.2       302.0       22.6 %     8.4 %     6.9 %
Postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains
    (5.9 )     (52.8 )     (88.7 )%     (0.1 )%     (1.2 )%
Other
    505.4       489.7       3.2 %     11.5 %     11.2 %
                                         
Total SG&A
  $ 1,606.5     $ 1,386.5       15.9 %     36.5 %     31.8 %
                                         
 
Total SG&A expenses increased $220.0 million for the year ended November 30, 2008, as compared to the prior year. Currency contributed approximately $32 million to the increase in SG&A expenses.
 
Selling.  Selling expenses increased across all business segments, primarily reflecting higher selling costs associated with additional company-operated stores, and an impairment charge of $16.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2008 relating to the assets of certain underperforming company-operated stores.
 
Advertising and promotion.  The increase in advertising and promotion expenses primarily reflects our global Levi’s® 501® campaign in the second half of the year.
 
Administration.  Administration expenses include corporate expenses and other administrative charges. Administration expenses increased primarily due to the additional expenses associated with our U.S. ERP implementation and stabilization efforts, higher costs reflecting various corporate initiatives, and an increase in our bad debt expense reflecting the bankruptcy filings of two U.S. customers and overall market conditions.


28


Table of Contents

Postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains.  During 2008 we recorded postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains of $5.9 million primarily associated with the departure of the remaining employees who elected the voluntary separation and buyout program contained in the new labor agreement we entered into during the third quarter of 2007. During 2007, we recorded a gain of $27.5 million associated with this same voluntary separation and buyout program, as well as a $25.3 million gain associated with the closure of our Little Rock, Arkansas, distribution facility. For more information, see Notes 10 and 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
Other.  Other SG&A costs include distribution, information resources, and marketing costs, gain or loss on sale of assets and other operating income. These costs increased as compared to prior year primarily due to effects of currency.
 
Restructuring charges, net
 
Restructuring charges, net, decreased to $8.2 million for the year ended November 30, 2008, from $14.5 million for the prior year. The 2008 amount primarily consisted of severance and other charges of $4.5 million recorded in association with the planned closure of our manufacturing facility in the Philippines and our distribution facility in Italy and an additional asset impairment of $4.2 million recorded for our closed distribution center in Germany. The 2007 amount primarily consisted of asset impairment of $9.0 million and severance charges of $4.3 million recorded in association with the planned closure of our distribution center in Germany. For more information, see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
Operating income
 
The following table shows operating income by reporting segment and certain components of corporate expense for the periods indicated, the changes in these items from period to period and these items expressed as a percentage of net revenues:
 
                                         
    Year Ended  
                      November 30,
    November 25,
 
                %
    2008
    2007
 
    November 30,
    November 25,
    Increase
    % of Net
    % of Net
 
    2008     2007     (Decrease)     Revenues     Revenues  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Operating income:
                                       
Americas
  $ 346.9     $ 403.2       (14.0 )%     14.0 %     15.6 %
Europe
    257.9       236.9       8.9 %     21.6 %     21.5 %
Asia Pacific
    99.5       95.3       4.5 %     13.7 %     14.0 %
                                         
Total regional operating income
    704.3       735.4       (4.2 )%     16.0 %*     16.9 %*
                                         
Corporate:
                                       
Restructuring charges, net
    8.2       14.5       (43.0 )%     0.2 %*     0.3 %*
Postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains
    (5.9 )     (52.8 )     (88.7 )%     (0.1 )%*     (1.2 )%*
Other corporate staff costs and expenses
    176.9       132.7       33.4 %     4.0 %*     3.0 %*
                                         
Total corporate
    179.2       94.4       89.9 %     4.1 %*     2.2 %*
                                         
Total operating income
  $ 525.1     $ 641.0       (18.1 )%     11.9 %*     14.7 %*
                                         
Operating margin
    11.9 %     14.7 %                        
 
 
* Percentage of consolidated net revenues


29


Table of Contents

 
Regional operating income.  The following describes the changes in operating income by reporting segment for the year ended November 30, 2008, as compared to the prior year:
 
  •  Americas.  Operating income decreased primarily due to a decline in operating margin, as well as the decline in net revenues. Operating margin decreased as the region’s gross margin improvement was more than offset by the increase in SG&A expenses, reflecting our continued investment in retail expansion, our U.S. ERP implementation and stabilization efforts, and increased advertising and promotion expenses.
 
  •  Europe.  The increase in the region’s operating income was due to the favorable impact of currency. The region’s net sales increase was offset by an increase in SG&A expenses, primarily reflecting our continued investment in retail expansion.
 
  •  Asia Pacific.  The region’s net sales increase and the favorable impact of currency drove the slight increase in operating income. These increases were partially offset by a slight decline in operating margin, reflecting the region’s continued investment in retail and infrastructure, particularly within our emerging markets, and increased advertising and promotion expenses.
 
Corporate.  Corporate expense is comprised of restructuring charges, net, postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains, and other corporate expenses, including corporate staff costs.
 
Other corporate staff costs and expenses increased as compared to prior year primarily due to higher costs, reflecting our global information technology investment and various other corporate initiatives, and the impairment charge related to our company-operated stores. A reduction in distribution expenses related to the separation and buyout costs of the voluntary termination of certain distribution center employees in North America was offset by a reduction in our workers’ compensation liability reversals.
 
Corporate expenses in 2008 and 2007 include amortization of prior service benefit of $41.4 million and $45.7 million, respectively, related to postretirement benefit plan amendments in 2004 and 2003, and workers’ compensation reversals of $4.3 million and $8.1 million, respectively. We will continue to amortize the prior service benefit in the future. We expect our pension expense to increase by more than $30 million in 2009 as a result of the decline in the value of our pension plan assets in 2008. This increased pension expense may extend into future years if current market conditions persist.
 
Interest expense
 
Interest expense decreased 28.6% to $154.1 million for the year ended November 30, 2008, from $215.7 million in the prior year. Lower average borrowing rates and lower debt levels in 2008, resulting primarily from our refinancing and debt reduction activities in 2007, caused the decrease.
 
The weighted-average interest rate on average borrowings outstanding for 2008 was 8.09% as compared to 9.59% for 2007.
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
 
For the year ended November 30, 2008, we recorded a loss of $1.4 million on early extinguishment of debt primarily as a result of our redemption of our remaining 12.25% senior notes due 2012. For the year ended November 25, 2007, we recorded a loss of $63.8 million on early extinguishment of debt primarily as a result of our redemption of our floating rate senior notes due 2012 during the second quarter of 2007 and our repurchase of $506.2 million of the then-outstanding $525.0 million of our 12.25% senior notes due 2012 during the fourth quarter of 2007. The 2007 losses were comprised of prepayment premiums, tender offer consideration, applicable consent payments and other fees and expenses of approximately $46.7 million and the write-off of approximately $17.1 million of unamortized capitalized costs and debt discount. For more information, see Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
Other (income) expense, net
 
Other (income) expense, net, primarily consists of foreign exchange management activities and transactions as well as interest income. For the year ended November 30, 2008, we recorded other expense of $1.4 million compared


30


Table of Contents

to other income of $14.1 million for the prior year. This primarily reflects foreign currency transaction losses in 2008 as compared to gains in 2007 resulting from the weakening of the U.S. Dollar against the Japanese Yen in the fourth quarter of 2008. These losses were partially offset by gains on our forward exchange and option contracts, resulting from the appreciation of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro in the second half of 2008.
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
Income tax expense was $138.9 million for the year ended November 30, 2008, compared to a benefit of $84.8 million for the prior year. The effective tax rate was 37.7% for the year ended November 30, 2008, compared to a 22.6% benefit for the prior year.
 
The increase in the effective tax rate for 2008 as compared to 2007 was mostly attributable to a $215.3 million tax benefit from a non-recurring, non-cash reversal during the fourth quarter of 2007 of valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets primarily for foreign tax credit carryforwards. This reversal was due to improvements in our business performance and positive developments in the IRS examination of the 2000-2002 U.S. federal corporate income tax returns.
 
Net income
 
Net income decreased to $229.3 million for the year ended November 30, 2008, from $460.4 million for the prior year primarily due to the $215.3 million tax benefit recorded during 2007. The decrease in our operating income offset lower interest expense and a lower loss on early extinguishment of debt as compared to the prior year.
 
2007 compared to 2006
 
The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, the consolidated statements of income, the changes in these items from period to period and these items expressed as a percentage of net revenues:
 
                                         
    Year Ended  
                      November 25,
    November 26,
 
                %
    2007
    2006
 
    November 25,
    November 26,
    Increase
    % of Net
    % of Net
 
    2007     2006     (Decrease)     Revenues     Revenues  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Net sales
  $ 4,266.1     $ 4,106.5       3.9 %     97.8 %     97.9 %
Licensing revenue
    94.8       86.4       9.8 %     2.2 %     2.1 %
                                         
Net revenues
    4,360.9       4,192.9       4.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of goods sold
    2,318.9       2,216.5       4.6 %     53.2 %     52.9 %
                                         
Gross profit
    2,042.0       1,976.4       3.3 %     46.8 %     47.1 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,386.5       1,348.6       2.8 %     31.8 %     32.2 %
Restructuring charges, net of reversals
    14.5       14.1       2.2 %     0.3 %     0.3 %
                                         
Operating income
    641.0       613.7       4.5 %     14.7 %     14.6 %
Interest expense
    215.7       250.6       (13.9 )%     4.9 %     6.0 %
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    63.8       40.3       58.5 %     1.5 %     1.0 %
Other income, net
    (14.1 )     (22.4 )     (36.9 )%     (0.3 )%     (0.5 )%
                                         
Income before income taxes
    375.6       345.2       8.8 %     8.6 %     8.2 %
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (84.8 )     106.2       (179.8 )%     (1.9 )%     2.5 %
                                         
Net income
  $ 460.4     $ 239.0       92.6 %     10.6 %     5.7 %
                                         


31


Table of Contents

Consolidated net revenues
 
The following table presents net revenues by reporting segment for the periods indicated and the changes in net revenues by reporting segment on both reported and constant currency bases from period to period:
 
                                 
    Year Ended  
                % Increase (Decrease)  
    November 25,
    November 26,
    As
    Constant
 
    2007     2006     Reported     Currency  
          (Dollars in millions)        
 
Net revenues:
                               
Americas
  $ 2,581.3     $ 2,570.1       0.4 %     0.1 %
Europe
    1,099.7       969.2       13.5 %     3.8 %
Asia Pacific
    681.1       653.6       4.2 %     2.9 %
Corporate
    (1.2 )                  
                                 
Total net revenues
  $ 4,360.9     $ 4,192.9       4.0 %     1.4 %
                                 
 
Consolidated net revenues increased on both reported and constant currency bases for the year ended November 25, 2007, as compared to the prior year. Reported amounts were affected favorably by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly in Europe.
 
Americas.  On both reported and constant currency bases, net revenues in the Americas region were stable as compared to the prior year. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates did not affect net revenues significantly.
 
We faced a challenging retail environment in North America in 2007 as growth in the first half of the year was offset by declines in the second half. Net revenues increased for the U.S. Levi’s® brand, our largest business, primarily driven by growth in the men’s category, particularly Red Tabtm products, and increased sales in our retail network, primarily from new company-operated stores; these increases were partially offset by a decline in the women’s business. Net revenues for the U.S. Dockers® brand grew slightly due to higher sales of women’s products driven by favorable customer response to our seasonal and fashion products; the men’s business was stable with growth in the first half of the year partially offset by declines in the second half due to market conditions, particularly the impact of retail consolidation and the loss of a customer early in the year. Increases in both U.S. Levi’s® and U.S. Dockers® brands were partially offset by higher sales allowances and discounts as compared to the prior-year to clear seasonal inventories and to support our customers, including promotional programs. We also had continued net revenue declines for the U.S. Signature brand.
 
Europe.  Net revenues in Europe increased on both reported and constant currency bases. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates affected net revenues favorably by approximately $84 million.
 
Net revenues increased on a constant currency basis in both our retail and wholesale channels, led by increased sales in the Levi’s® brand, partially offset by the reduction in sales volume related to the withdrawal of Signature brand products in the second quarter of 2007. Increased sales in our dedicated store network, both from company-operated and franchised stores, and a higher proportion of premium-priced products, particularly Levi’s® Red Tabtm products, were key contributors to the net sales increase. We exited the Signature brand in Europe after the Spring 2007 season due to limited expansion opportunities in the value channel in Europe and to focus on our Levi’s® and Dockers® brands.
 
Asia Pacific.  Net revenues in Asia Pacific increased on both reported and constant currency bases. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates affected net revenues favorably by approximately $21 million.
 
Net revenues increased on a constant currency basis primarily due to growth in our Levi’s® brand. Dedicated stores continued to drive growth in the region with the addition of company-operated and franchised stores. Net sales were strong in most markets, with growth particularly concentrated in our emerging markets. Certain of our mature markets continue to be challenging, primarily due to the persistence of high inventories held by our wholesale customers that reduced their demand for additional Levi’s® products.


32


Table of Contents

Gross profit
 
The following table shows consolidated gross profit and gross margin for the periods indicated and the changes in these items from period to period:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
                %
 
    November 25,
    November 26,
    Increase
 
    2007     2006     (Decrease)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Net revenues
  $ 4,360.9     $ 4,192.9       4.0 %
Cost of goods sold
    2,318.9       2,216.5       4.6 %
                         
Gross profit
  $ 2,042.0     $ 1,976.4       3.3 %
                         
Gross margin
    46.8 %     47.1 %        
 
Our gross margin decreased slightly for the year ended November 25, 2007, as compared to the prior year. Gross margins declined in North America and Asia Pacific, and increased in Europe. In North America, gross margin was impacted primarily by higher sales allowances and discounts as described above. In Asia Pacific, gross margin was impacted primarily by higher inventory markdown activity and higher sales of closeout products due to high inventory at retail. In Europe, the increase in gross margin was primarily due to lower sourcing costs and the increase in net sales from company-operated stores. The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
Our gross margins may not be comparable to those of other companies in our industry, since some companies may include costs related to their distribution network and occupancy costs associated with company-operated stores in cost of goods sold.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
The following table shows our selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) for the periods indicated, the changes in these items from period to period and these items expressed as a percentage of net revenues:
 
                                         
    Year Ended  
                      November 25,
    November 26,
 
                %
    2007
    2006
 
    November 25,
    November 26,
    Increase
    % of Net
    % of Net
 
    2007     2006     (Decrease)     Revenues     Revenues  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Selling
  $ 370.6     $ 303.2       22.2 %     8.5 %     7.2 %
Advertising and promotion
    277.0       285.3       (2.9 )%     6.4 %     6.8 %
Administration
    302.0       334.7       (9.8 )%     6.9 %     8.0 %
Postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains
    (52.8 )     (29.0 )     81.7 %     (1.2 )%     (0.7 )%
Other
    489.7       454.4       7.8 %     11.2 %     10.8 %
                                         
Total SG&A
  $ 1,386.5     $ 1,348.6       2.8 %     31.8 %     32.2 %
                                         
 
Total SG&A expenses increased $37.9 million for the year ended November 25, 2007, as compared to the prior year. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates contributed approximately $44 million to the increase in SG&A expenses.
 
Selling.  Selling expenses increased across all business segments, primarily reflecting higher selling costs associated with additional company-operated stores and our business growth in Asia Pacific.
 
Advertising and promotion.  The decrease in advertising and promotion expenses primarily reflects a decrease in spending, primarily television media, in North America, particularly in the fourth quarter, in line


33


Table of Contents

with the region’s net revenue declines in the second half of the year. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in media campaign spending in Europe.
 
Administration.  Administration expenses include corporate expenses and other administrative charges. These expenses decreased as compared to prior year due to a reduction in accruals for our annual and long-term incentive compensation programs due to business performance below our internally-set objectives. Additionally, administrative expenses decreased due to the accrual in 2006 of severance and transition expenses related to changes in senior management. These decreases were partially offset by increases in other administrative expenses, primarily certain severance costs in Asia Pacific and Europe and higher costs associated with planning for our ERP implementation in the United States and our global sourcing organization in 2008.
 
Postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains.  During the third quarter of 2006 and first quarter of 2007, we recorded postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains of $29.0 million and $25.3 million, respectively, associated with the closure of our Little Rock, Arkansas, distribution facility. During the second half of 2007, we recorded a postretirement benefit plan curtailment gain of $27.5 million associated with the voluntary termination of certain distribution center employees in North America resulting from the new labor agreement we entered into with the union that represents many of our distribution-related employees in North America. For more information, see Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
Other.  Other SG&A costs include distribution, information resources, and marketing costs, gain or loss on sale of assets and other operating income. These costs increased as compared to prior year primarily reflecting higher distribution costs related to the separation and buyout costs of the voluntary termination of certain distribution center employees in North America and the growth in net revenues in the period. These costs also increased due to higher marketing expenses in support of revenue growth.
 
Restructuring charges, net
 
Restructuring charges, net, increased to $14.5 million for the year ended November 25, 2007, from $14.1 million for the prior year. The 2007 amount primarily consisted of asset impairment of $9.0 million and severance charges of $4.3 million recorded in association with the planned closure of our distribution center in Germany. The 2006 amount primarily consisted of severance charges associated with the closure of our Little Rock, Arkansas, distribution center, headcount reductions in Europe and additional lease costs associated with exited facilities in the United States.


34


Table of Contents

Operating income
 
The following table shows operating income by reporting segment and the significant components of corporate expense for the periods indicated, the changes in these items from period to period and these items expressed as a percentage of net revenues:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended  
                      November 25,
    November 26,
       
                %
    2007
    2006
       
    November 25,
    November 26,
    Increase
    As% of Net
    As% of Net
       
    2007     2006     (Decrease)     Revenues     Revenues        
    (Dollars in millions)        
 
Operating income:
                                               
Americas
  $ 403.2     $ 412.7       (2.3 )%     15.6 %     16.1 %        
Europe
    236.9       214.2       10.6 %     21.5 %     22.1 %        
Asia Pacific
    95.3       110.0       (13.4 )%     14.0 %     16.8 %        
                                                 
Total regional operating income
    735.4       736.9       (0.2 )%     16.9 %*     17.6 %*        
                                                 
Corporate:
                                               
Restructuring charges, net
    14.5       14.1       2.2 %     0.3 %*     0.3 %*        
Postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains
    (52.8 )     (29.0 )     81.7 %     (1.2 )%*     (0.7 )%        
Other corporate staff costs and expenses
    132.7       138.1       (3.9 )%     3.0 %*     3.3 %*        
                                                 
Total corporate
    94.4       123.2       (23.4 )%     2.2 %*     2.9 %*        
                                                 
Total operating income
  $ 641.0     $ 613.7       4.5 %     14.7 %*     14.6 %*        
                                                 
Operating Margin
    14.7 %     14.6 %                                
 
 
* Percentage of consolidated net revenues
 
Regional operating income.  The following describes the changes in operating income by reporting segment for the year ended November 25, 2007, as compared to the prior year:
 
  •  Americas.  Operating income decreased primarily due to the region’s lower wholesale gross margin, which resulted primarily from higher sales allowances and discounts to clear seasonal inventories, and the decrease in net sales of our U.S. Signature brand. These decreases were partially offset by the increase in net sales of our U.S. Levi’s® brand, reflecting increased sales in our retail network, and a decrease in SG&A expenses as a percentage of net revenues, as the decrease in advertising spending more than offset increases reflecting our retail expansion and planning for our ERP implementation in 2008.
 
  •  Europe.  Operating income increased primarily due to the favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the region’s net revenue growth. Operating margin increased slightly as the region’s gross margin improvements were partially offset by an increase in SG&A expenses as a percentage of net revenues. This SG&A increase primarily reflected our continued investment in company-operated retail expansion and the increase in advertising.
 
  •  Asia Pacific.  Operating income decreased primarily due to the declines in net sales and gross margins in certain mature markets due primarily to higher inventory markdown activity and higher sales of closeout products. For the remainder of the region, operating income increases primarily due to increases in net sales were offset primarily by continued investment in the expansion of our dedicated store network.
 
Corporate.  Corporate expense is comprised of restructuring charges, net, postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains, and other corporate expenses, including corporate staff costs.
 
Postretirement benefit plan curtailment gain in both periods relates to the closure of our Little Rock, Arkansas, distribution center, and with respect to the 2007 period, the voluntary termination of certain distribution center


35


Table of Contents

employees in North America. For more information, see Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
Other corporate staff costs and expenses decreased as compared to prior year primarily due to reductions in long-term incentive compensation expense and executive severance and transition costs. These decreases were partially offset by certain severance costs in Asia Pacific and Europe, the accrual of distribution expenses related to the separation and buyout costs of the voluntary termination of certain distribution center employees in North America, increases in other corporate staff costs primarily associated with increased investment in our information technology systems, and a reduction in our workers’ compensation liability reversals.
 
Corporate expenses in 2007 and 2006 include amortization of prior service benefit of $45.7 million and $55.1 million, respectively, related to postretirement benefit plan amendments in 2004 and 2003, and workers’ compensation reversals of $8.1 million and $13.8 million, respectively. We will continue to amortize the prior service benefit; however, we do not expect material workers’ compensation reversals in the future.
 
Interest expense
 
Interest expense decreased 13.9% to $215.7 million for the year ended November 25, 2007, from $250.6 million in the prior year. Lower debt levels and lower average borrowing rates in 2007, which resulted primarily from our refinancing and debt reduction activities in 2007 and 2006, caused the decrease.
 
The weighted-average interest rate on average borrowings outstanding for 2007 was 9.59% as compared to 10.23% for 2006.
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
 
For the year ended November 25, 2007, we recorded a loss of $63.8 million on early extinguishment of debt primarily as a result of our redemption of our floating rate senior notes due 2012 during the second quarter of 2007 and our repurchase of $506.2 million of the outstanding $525.0 million of our 12.25% senior notes due 2012 during the fourth quarter of 2007. The 2007 losses were comprised of prepayment premiums, tender offer consideration, applicable consent payments and other fees and expenses of approximately $46.7 million and the write-off of approximately $17.1 million of unamortized capitalized costs and debt discount.
 
For the year ended November 26, 2006, we recorded losses of $40.3 million on early extinguishment of debt primarily as a result of our prepayment in March 2006 of the remaining balance of our term loan of approximately $488.8 million, the amendment in May 2006 of our senior secured revolving credit facility and open market repurchases of $50.0 million of our 2012 senior unsecured notes in November 2006. The 2006 losses were comprised of prepayment premiums and other fees and expenses of approximately $23.0 million and the write-off of approximately $17.3 million of unamortized capitalized costs. For more information, see Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
Other income, net
 
Other income, net, primarily consists of foreign exchange management activities and transactions as well as interest income. For the year ended November 25, 2007, other income, net decreased to $14.1 million from $22.4 million for the prior year. The decrease primarily reflects the impact of foreign currency fluctuation, primarily the weakening of the U.S. Dollar against major foreign currencies including the Euro, the Canadian Dollar and the Japanese Yen.
 
Income tax (benefit) expense
 
Income tax (benefit) expense was $(84.8) million for the year ended November 25, 2007, compared to $106.2 million for the prior year. The effective tax rate was (22.6)% for the year ended November 25, 2007, compared to 30.8% for the prior year. The decrease in the effective tax rate for 2007 as compared to 2006 was primarily driven by a reduction in tax expense of approximately $206.8 million due primarily to the tax benefit from a non-recurring, non-cash reversal of valuation allowances of $215.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2007 against our deferred tax assets for foreign tax credit carryforwards. As a result of improvements in business


36


Table of Contents

performance and recent positive developments in an ongoing IRS examination, we believe that it is more likely than not that these credits will be utilized prior to their expiration. The income tax expense of $106.2 million in 2006 included a tax benefit from a non-recurring, non-cash benefit of $31.5 million relating to a reduction in the overall residual U.S. tax expected to be imposed upon a repatriation of unremitted foreign earnings attributable to a change in the ownership structure of certain of our foreign affiliates.
 
Net income
 
Net income increased to $460.4 million for year ended November 25, 2007, from $239.0 million for the prior year primarily due to the $215.3 million tax benefit recorded during 2007. Lower interest expense and the higher postretirement benefit plan curtailment gain as compared to the prior year also contributed to the increase.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Liquidity outlook
 
We believe we will have adequate liquidity over the next twelve months to operate our business and to meet our cash requirements.
 
Cash sources
 
We are a privately-held corporation. We have historically relied primarily on cash flows from operations, borrowings under credit facilities, issuances of notes and other forms of debt financing. We regularly explore financing and debt reduction alternatives, including new credit agreements, unsecured and secured note issuances, equity financing, equipment and real estate financing, securitizations and asset sales. Key sources of cash include earnings from operations and borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility.
 
In 2007, we amended and restated our senior secured revolving credit facility; the maximum availability is now $750 million secured by certain of our domestic assets and certain U.S. trademarks associated with the Levi’s® brand and other related intellectual property. The amended facility includes a $250 million term loan tranche and a $500 million revolving tranche. The revolving tranche increases as the term loan tranche is repaid, up to a maximum of $750 million when the term loan tranche is repaid in full. Upon repayment of the term loan tranche, the secured interest in the U.S. trademarks will be released.
 
As of November 30, 2008, we had borrowings of $179.1 million under the trademark tranche and no outstanding borrowings under the revolving tranche. Unused availability under the revolving tranche was $315.8 million, as the Company’s total availability of $410.3 million, based on collateral levels as defined by the agreement, was reduced by $94.5 million of other credit-related instruments such as documentary and standby letters of credit allocated under the facility.
 
Under the facility, we are required to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the agreement of 1.0:1.0 when unused availability is less than $100 million. This covenant will be discontinued upon the repayment in full and termination of the trademark tranche described above and with the implementation of an unfunded availability reserve of $50 million, which implementation will reduce availability under our credit facility.
 
As of November 30, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $210.8 million, resulting in a net liquidity position (unused availability and cash and cash equivalents) of $526.6 million.
 
Cash uses
 
Our principal cash requirements include working capital, capital expenditures, payments of principal and interest on our debt, payments of taxes, contributions to our pension plans and payments for postretirement health benefit plans. In addition, we regularly explore debt reduction alternatives, including through tender offers, redemptions, repurchases or otherwise, and we regularly evaluate our ability to pay dividends or repurchase stock, all consistent with the terms of our debt agreements.


37


Table of Contents

The following table presents selected cash uses in 2008 and the related projected cash requirements for these items in 2009:
 
                 
          Projected Cash
 
    Cash Used in
    Requirements in
 
    2008     2009  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Interest
  $ 154     $ 144  
Federal, foreign and state taxes (net of refunds)
    63       77  
Postretirement health benefit plans
    23       21  
Capital expenditures(1)
    80       88  
Pension plans
    18       16  
Dividend(2)
    50        
                 
Total selected cash requirements
  $ 388     $ 346  
                 
 
 
(1) Capital expenditures for 2008 consisted primarily of investment in company-operated retail stores in the Americas and Europe and costs associated with system investments including our ERP implementation. The increase in projected capital expenditures in 2009 primarily reflects costs associated with information technology systems.
 
(2) Dividend paid in the second quarter of 2008. We may elect to declare and pay cash dividends in the future at the discretion of our board of directors and depending upon our financial condition and compliance with the terms of our debt agreements.
 
The following table provides information about our significant cash contractual obligations and commitments as of November 30, 2008:
 
                                                         
    Payments Due or Projected by Period  
    Total     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Contractual and Long-term Liabilities:
                                                       
Short-term and long-term debt obligations(1)
  $ 1,853     $ 91     $     $     $ 108     $ 325     $ 1,329  
Interest(2)
    818       144       129       131       130       109       175  
Capital lease obligations
    8       2       2       1       3              
Operating leases(3)
    506       96       94       87       73       43       113  
Purchase obligations(4)
    362       339       16       7                    
Postretirement obligations(5)
    158       21       20       19       18       17       63  
Pension obligations(6)
    480       16       25       92       95       54       198  
Long-term employee related benefits(7)
    114       27       17       22       17       16       15  
                                                         
Total
  $ 4,299     $ 736     $ 303     $ 359     $ 444     $ 564     $ 1,893  
                                                         
 
 
(1) The terms of the trademark tranche of our credit facility require amortization payments of $71 million for 2009 with the remaining balance due at maturity in 2012. Additionally, the 2009 amount includes short-term borrowings.
 
(2) Interest obligations are computed using constant interest rates until maturity. The LIBOR rate as of November 30, 2008, was used for variable-rate debt.
 
(3) Amounts reflect contractual obligations relating to our existing leased facilities as of November 30, 2008, and therefore do not reflect our planned future openings of company-operated retail stores. For more information, see “Item 2 — Properties.”
 
(4) Amounts reflect estimated commitments of $289 million for inventory purchases and $73 million for human resources, advertising, information technology and other professional services.
 
(5) The amounts presented in the table represent an estimate of our projected payments for the next ten years based on information provided by our plans’ actuaries. Our policy is to fund postretirement benefits as claims and premiums are paid. For more information, see Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
(6) The amounts presented in the table represent an estimate of our projected contributions to the plans for the next ten years based on information provided by our plans’ actuaries. For U.S qualified plans, these estimates comply with minimum funded status and minimum required contributions under the Pension Protection Act. The expected increase in 2011 and 2012 is due to the reduction of the fair value of plan assets in the Company’s U.S. pension plans at November 30, 2008, however actual contributions may differ from those presented based


38


Table of Contents

on factors including changes in interest rates and the valuation of pension assets. For more information, see Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
(7) Long-term employee-related benefits relate to the current and non-current portion of deferred compensation arrangements, liabilities for long-term incentive plans and workers’ compensation. We estimated these payments based on prior experience and forecasted activity for these items. For more information, see Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
This table does not include amounts related to our income tax liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions, as we are unable to make reasonable estimates for the periods in which these liabilities may become due. We do not anticipate a material effect on our liquidity as a result of payments in future periods of liabilities for uncertain tax positions.
 
Information in the two preceding tables reflects our estimates of future cash payments. These estimates and projections are based upon assumptions that are inherently subject to significant economic, competitive, legislative and other uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, our actual expenditures and liabilities may be materially higher or lower than the estimates and projections reflected in these tables. The inclusion of these projections and estimates should not be regarded as a representation by us that the estimates will prove to be correct.
 
Cash flows
 
The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, selected items in our consolidated statements of cash flows:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Cash provided by operating activities
  $ 224.8     $ 302.3     $ 261.9  
Cash used for investing activities
    (26.8 )     (107.3 )     (69.6 )
Cash used for financing activities
    (135.5 )     (325.5 )     (155.2 )
Cash and cash equivalents
    210.8       155.9       279.5  
 
2008 as compared to 2007
 
Cash flows from operating activities
 
Cash provided by operating activities was $224.8 million for 2008, as compared to $302.3 million for 2007. The decrease, primarily due to our lower operating income, was partially offset by several factors including: lower interest payments; higher cash collections on receivables, reflecting later timing of sales in the fourth quarter of 2007 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2006; and lower incentive compensation payments. Additionally, we used more cash for inventory in 2008 due to commencing the year with a lower inventory base as compared to prior year.
 
Cash flows from investing activities
 
Cash used for investing activities was $26.8 million for 2008 compared to $107.3 million for 2007. Cash used in both periods primarily related to investments made in our company-operated retail stores and information technology systems associated with our global ERP installation. Additionally, in 2008 we realized gains on the settlement of our forward exchange contracts, reflecting the appreciation of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro in the second half of 2008, as compared to realized losses in 2007, reflecting the weakening of the U.S. Dollar against major foreign currencies including the Euro, the Canadian Dollar and the Japanese Yen.
 
Cash flows from financing activities
 
Cash used for financing activities was $135.5 million for 2008 compared to $325.5 million for 2007. Cash used for financing activities in 2008 primarily reflects $70.9 million of required payments on the term loan tranche of our senior secured revolving credit facility, our redemption in March 2008 of our remaining $18.8 million outstanding 12.25% senior notes due 2012 and our $50.0 million dividend payment to stockholders in the second quarter. Cash used for financing activities in 2007 primarily reflects our redemption in April 2007 of all of our floating rate notes


39


Table of Contents

due 2012 through borrowings under a new senior unsecured term loan and use of cash on hand, and the repurchase in October 2007 of over 95% of our outstanding 12.25% senior notes due 2012 through borrowings under an amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility and use of cash on hand.
 
2007 as compared to 2006
 
Cash flows from operating activities
 
Cash provided by operating activities was $302.3 million for 2007, as compared to $261.9 million for 2006. The $40.4 million increase in the amount of cash provided by operating activities primarily reflects continued discipline in our working capital management. Cash use for inventories decreased — primarily in the fourth quarter of the year — driven by improved inventory management leading to leaner inventory levels and the later timing of inventory receipts for our Spring/Summer season as compared to prior year. Additionally, we reduced our pension plan funding and reduced income tax payments in foreign jurisdictions, while our October 2007 refinancing activities accelerated interest payments previously scheduled for the first quarter of 2008 into the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
Cash flows were also affected by a decrease in the amount of trade receivables collected during the first quarter of 2007, primarily due to: the earlier timing of sales recorded in the fourth quarter of 2006, as compared to the corresponding periods in prior year, when the later timing of sales recorded in the fourth quarter of 2005 led to the related collections during the first quarter of 2006; payments in 2007 for executive transition expenses accrued in 2006; and payments related to the separation and buyout costs of the voluntary termination in 2007 of certain distribution center employees in North America.
 
Cash flows from investing activities
 
Cash used for investing activities was $107.3 million for 2007 compared to $69.6 million for 2006. Cash used in both periods primarily related to investments made in our company-operated retail stores and information technology systems associated with the ERP installation in our Asia Pacific region and, with respect to the 2007 period, the United States and our global sourcing organization.
 
Cash flows from financing activities
 
Cash used for financing activities was $325.5 million for 2007 compared to $155.2 million for 2006. Cash used for financing activities in 2007 primarily reflects our redemption in April 2007 of all of our floating rate notes due 2012 through borrowings under a new senior unsecured term loan and use of cash on hand, and the repurchase in October 2007 of over 95% of our outstanding 12.25% senior notes due 2012 through borrowings under an amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility and use of cash on hand. Cash used for financing activities in 2006 primarily reflects repayment of our prior term loan in March 2006 through issuance of our 2016 notes and additional 2013 Euro notes.
 
Indebtedness
 
We had fixed-rate debt of approximately $1.4 billion (73% of total debt) and variable-rate debt of approximately $0.5 billion (27% of total debt) as of November 30, 2008. The borrower of substantially all of our debt is Levi Strauss & Co., the parent and U.S. operating company. Our required aggregate debt payments are $91.2 million in 2009, $108.3 million in 2012, $324.5 million in 2013 and the remaining $1.3 billion in years after 2013.
 
Effective May 1, 2008, in order to mitigate a portion of our interest rate risk, we entered into a $100 million interest rate swap agreement to pay a fixed-rate interest of approximately 3.2% and receive 3-month LIBOR variable rate interest payments quarterly through May 2010.
 
Our long-term debt agreements contain customary covenants restricting our activities as well as those of our subsidiaries. Currently, we are in compliance with all of these covenants.


40


Table of Contents

Effects of Inflation
 
We believe that inflation in the regions where most of our sales occur has not had a significant effect on our net revenues or profitability.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Guarantees and Other Contingent Obligations
 
Off-balance sheet arrangements and other.  We have contractual commitments for non-cancelable operating leases. For more information, see Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report. We have no other material non-cancelable guarantees or commitments, and no material special-purpose entities or other off-balance sheet debt obligations.
 
Indemnification agreements.  In the ordinary course of our business, we enter into agreements containing indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify the other party for specified claims and losses. For example, our trademark license agreements, real estate leases, consulting agreements, logistics outsourcing agreements, securities purchase agreements and credit agreements typically contain these provisions. This type of indemnification provision obligates us to pay certain amounts associated with claims brought against the other party as the result of trademark infringement, negligence or willful misconduct of our employees, breach of contract by us including inaccuracy of representations and warranties, specified lawsuits in which we and the other party are co-defendants, product claims and other matters. These amounts are generally not readily quantifiable: the maximum possible liability or amount of potential payments that could arise out of an indemnification claim depends entirely on the specific facts and circumstances associated with the claim. We have insurance coverage that minimizes the potential exposure to certain of these claims. We also believe that the likelihood of substantial payment obligations under these agreements to third parties is low and that any such amounts would be immaterial.
 
Critical Accounting Policies, Assumptions and Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the related notes. We believe that the following discussion addresses our critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in such estimates, based on newly available information, or different assumptions or conditions, may affect amounts reported in future periods.
 
We summarize our critical accounting policies below.
 
Revenue recognition.  Net sales is primarily comprised of sales of products to wholesale customers, including franchised stores, and direct sales to consumers at our company-operated stores. We recognize revenue on sale of product when the goods are shipped or delivered and title to the goods passes to the customer provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue is recorded net of an allowance for estimated returns, discounts and retailer promotions and other similar incentives. Licensing revenues from the use of our trademarks in connection with the manufacturing, advertising, and distribution of trademarked products by third-party licensees are earned and recognized as products are sold by licensees based on royalty rates as set forth in the licensing agreements.
 
We recognize allowances for estimated returns in the period in which the related sale is recorded. We recognize allowances for estimated discounts, retailer promotions and other similar incentives at the later of the period in which the related sale is recorded or the period in which the sales incentive is offered to the customer. We estimate non-volume based allowances based on historical rates as well as customer and product-specific circumstances. Actual allowances may differ from estimates due to changes in sales volume based on retailer or consumer demand and changes in customer and product-specific circumstances. Sales and value-added taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.


41


Table of Contents

Accounts receivable, net.  In the normal course of business, we extend credit to our wholesale and licensing customers that satisfy pre-defined credit criteria. Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. We estimate the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an analysis of the aging of accounts receivable at the date of the consolidated financial statements, assessments of collectibility based on historic trends and an evaluation of economic conditions.
 
Inventory valuation.  We value inventories at the lower of cost or market value. Inventory cost is generally determined using the first-in first-out method. We include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead in the cost of inventories. In determining inventory market values, substantial consideration is given to the expected product selling price. We estimate quantities of slow-moving and obsolete inventory by reviewing on-hand quantities, outstanding purchase obligations and forecasted sales. We then estimate expected selling prices based on our historical recovery rates for sale of slow-moving and obsolete inventory and other factors, such as market conditions, expected channel of disposition, and current consumer preferences. Estimates may differ from actual results due to the quantity, quality and mix of products in inventory, consumer and retailer preferences and economic conditions.
 
Income tax assets and liabilities.  We are subject to income taxes in both the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. We compute our provision for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Significant judgments are required in order to determine the realizability of these deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we evaluate all significant available positive and negative evidence, including historical operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the existence of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Changes in the expectations regarding the realization of deferred tax assets could materially impact income tax expense in future periods.
 
We provide for income taxes with respect to temporary differences between the book and tax bases of foreign investments that are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. We do not provide for income taxes with respect to basis differences, consisting primarily of undistributed foreign earnings, related to investments in certain foreign subsidiaries, which are considered to be permanently reinvested and therefore are not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future, as we plan to utilize these earnings to finance the expansion and operating requirements of these subsidiaries.
 
We continuously review issues raised in connection with all ongoing examinations and open tax years to evaluate the adequacy of our liabilities. We evaluate uncertain tax positions under a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the uncertain tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination based on its technical merits. The second step is, for those positions that meet the recognition criteria, to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than fifty percent likely of being realized. We believe our recorded tax liabilities are adequate to cover all open tax years based on our assessment. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and involves significant judgments about future events. To the extent that our view as to the outcome of these matters changes, we will adjust income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. We classify interest and penalties related to income taxes as income tax expense.
 
Derivative and foreign exchange management activities  We recognize all derivatives as assets and liabilities at their fair values. We may use derivatives and establish programs from time to time to manage foreign currency and interest rate exposures that are sensitive to changes in market conditions. The instruments that qualify for hedge accounting hedge our net investment position in certain of our foreign subsidiaries and through the first quarter of 2007 certain intercompany royalty cash flows. For these instruments, we document the hedge designation by identifying the hedging instrument, the nature of the risk being hedged and the approach for measuring hedge ineffectiveness. The ineffective portions of hedges are recorded in “Other (income) expense, net” in our consolidated statements of income. The gains and losses on the instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in our consolidated balance sheets until the underlying has been settled and is then reclassified to earnings. Changes in the fair values of the derivative


42


Table of Contents

instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in “Other (income) expense, net” or “Interest expense” in our consolidated statements of income to reflect the economic risk being mitigated.
 
Employee benefits and incentive compensation
 
Pension and postretirement benefits.  We have several non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans covering eligible employees. We also provide certain health care benefits for U.S. employees who meet age, participation and length of service requirements at retirement. In addition, we sponsor other retirement or post-employment plans for our foreign employees in accordance with local government programs and requirements. We retain the right to amend, curtail or discontinue any aspect of the plans, subject to local regulations. Any of these actions (including changes in actuarial assumptions and estimates), either individually or in combination, could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and on our future financial performance.
 
We recognize either an asset or liability for any plan’s funded status in our consolidated balance sheets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). (“SFAS 158”). We measure changes in funded status using actuarial models in accordance with SFAS 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pension Plans,” and SFAS 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions”. These models use an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events over the estimated service lives of the employees in the plan. The attribution approach assumes that employees render service over their service lives on a relatively smooth basis and as such, presumes that the income statement effects of pension or postretirement benefit plans should follow the same pattern. Our policy is to fund our pension plans based upon actuarial recommendations and in accordance with applicable laws, income tax regulations and credit agreements.
 
Net pension and postretirement benefit income or expense is generally determined using assumptions which include expected long-term rates of return on plan assets, discount rates, compensation rate increases and medical trend rates. We use a mix of actual historical rates, expected rates and external data to determine the assumptions used in the actuarial models. For example, we utilized a bond pricing model that was tailored to the attributes of our pension and postretirement plans to determine the appropriate discount rate to use for our U.S. benefit plans. We utilized country-specific third-party bond indices to determine appropriate discount rates to use for benefit plans of our foreign subsidiaries.
 
Employee incentive compensation.  We maintain short-term and long-term employee incentive compensation plans. These plans are intended to reward eligible employees for their contributions to our short-term and long-term success. For our short-term plans, the amount of the cash bonus earned depends upon business unit and corporate financial results as measured against pre-established targets, and also depends upon the performance and job level of the individual. Our long-term plans are intended to reward management for its long-term impact on our total earnings performance. Performance is measured at the end of a three-year period based on our performance over the period measured against certain pre-established targets such as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) or compound annual growth rates over the periods. We accrue the related compensation expense over the period of the plan, and changes in the liabilities for these incentive plans generally correlate with our financial results and projected future financial performance and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report for recently issued accounting standards, including the expected dates of adoption and expected impact to our consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Certain matters discussed in this report, including (without limitation) statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contain forward-looking statements. Although we believe that, in making any such statements, our expectations are based on reasonable assumptions, any such statement may be influenced by factors that could cause actual outcomes and results to be materially different from those projected.


43


Table of Contents

These forward-looking statements include statements relating to our anticipated financial performance and business prospects and/or statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “believe”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “expect”, “project”, “could”, “plans”, “seeks” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date stated and we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, even if experience or future events make it clear that any expected results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements will not be realized. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations may not prove to be correct or we may not achieve the financial results, savings or other benefits anticipated in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of our senior management and involve a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which may be beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements, including, without limitation:
 
  •  our ability to withstand challenges of the tightening credit environment and general economic conditions;
 
  •  our ability to increase the number of dedicated stores for our products, including through opening and profitably operating company-operated stores;
 
  •  changes in the level of consumer spending for apparel in view of general economic conditions;
 
  •  our ability to develop or sustain improvements in our emerging markets and retail channels and to address challenges in certain of our mature markets, our Dockers® brand and our Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm brand in the United States;
 
  •  our wholesale customers’ shift in product mix in all channels of distribution, including the mass channel;
 
  •  our dependence on key distribution channels, customers and suppliers;
 
  •  consequences of consolidations or disrupted business involving our wholesale customers, caused by factors such as tightening credit conditions, weak consumer confidence, and mergers and acquisitions;
 
  •  our ability to effectively shift to a more premium market position worldwide;
 
  •  our ability to implement, stabilize and optimize our ERP system throughout our business without further disruption or to mitigate any existing or new disruptions;
 
  •  our ability to respond to price, innovation and other competitive pressures in the apparel industry and on our key customers;
 
  •  our effectiveness in increasing efficiencies in our logistics operations;
 
  •  changing U.S. and international retail environments and fashion trends;
 
  •  our ability to utilize our tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards;
 
  •  ongoing or future litigation matters and disputes and regulatory developments;
 
  •  changes in or application of trade and tax laws; and
 
  •  political or financial instability in countries where our products are manufactured.
 
Our actual results might differ materially from historical performance or current expectations. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


44


Table of Contents

Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Investment and Credit Availability Risk
 
We manage cash and cash equivalents in various institutions at levels beyond FDIC coverage limits, and we purchase investments not guaranteed by the FDIC. Accordingly, there may be a risk that we will not recover the full principal of our investments or that their liquidity may be diminished. To mitigate this risk our investment policy emphasizes preservation of principal and liquidity.
 
Multiple financial institutions are committed to provide loans and other credit instruments under our secured revolving credit facility. There may be a risk that some of these institutions cannot deliver against these obligations in a timely manner, or at all.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
We are exposed to market risk primarily related to foreign currencies and interest rates. We actively manage foreign currency risks with the objective of mitigating the potential impact of currency fluctuations while maximizing the U.S. dollar value of cash flows. We currently hold an interest rate swap derivative to mitigate a portion of our interest rate risk.
 
We are exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the foreign exchange and interest rate swap contracts. However, we believe that our exposures are appropriately diversified across counterparties and that these counterparties are creditworthy financial institutions. Accordingly, we do not anticipate nonperformance. We monitor the creditworthiness of our counterparties in accordance with our foreign exchange and investment policies. In addition, we have International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) master agreements in place with our counterparties to mitigate the credit risk related to the outstanding derivatives. These agreements provide the legal basis for over-the-counter transactions in many of the world’s commodity and financial markets.
 
Foreign Exchange Risk
 
The global scope of our business operations exposes us to the risk of fluctuations in foreign currency markets. This exposure is the result of certain product sourcing activities, some intercompany sales, foreign subsidiaries’ royalty payments, earnings repatriations, net investment in foreign operations and funding activities. Our foreign currency management objective is to mitigate the potential impact of currency fluctuations on the value of our U.S. dollar cash flows and to reduce the variability of certain cash flows at the subsidiary level. We actively manage forecasted exposures.
 
We use a centralized currency management operation to take advantage of potential opportunities to naturally offset exposures against each other. For any residual exposures under management, we may enter into various financial instruments including forward exchange and option contracts to hedge certain forecasted transactions as well as certain firm commitments, including third-party and intercompany transactions. We manage the currency risk associated with certain cash flows periodically and only partially manage the timing mismatch between our forecasted exposures and the related financial instruments used to mitigate the currency risk.
 
Our foreign exchange risk management activities are governed by a foreign exchange risk management policy approved by our board of directors. Members of our foreign exchange committee, comprised of a group of our senior financial executives, review our foreign exchange activities to ensure compliance with our policies. The operating policies and guidelines outlined in the foreign exchange risk management policy provide a framework that allows for an active approach to the management of currency exposures while ensuring the activities are conducted within established parameters. Our policy includes guidelines for the organizational structure of our risk management function and for internal controls over foreign exchange risk management activities, including various measurements for monitoring compliance. We monitor foreign exchange risk and related derivatives using different techniques including a review of market value, sensitivity analysis and a value-at-risk model. We use the market approach to estimate the fair value of our foreign exchange derivative contracts.


45


Table of Contents

We use derivative instruments to manage certain but not all exposures to foreign currencies. Our approach to managing foreign currency exposures is consistent with that applied in previous years. As of November 30, 2008, we had U.S. dollar forward currency contracts to buy $559.8 million and to sell $179.4 million against various foreign currencies. We also had Euro forward currency contracts to sell 14.5 million Euros ($18.6 million equivalent) against the British Pound. These contracts are at various exchange rates and expire at various dates through March 2010.
 
As of November 25, 2007, we had U.S. dollar forward currency contracts to buy $622.1 million and to sell $293.6 million against various foreign currencies. We also had Euro forward currency contracts to buy 8.3 million Euros ($12.3 million equivalent) against the Norwegian Krone and Swedish Krona. These contracts were at various exchange rates and expired at various dates through December 2008.
 
The following table presents the currency, average forward exchange rate, notional amount and fair values for our outstanding forward and swap contracts as of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007. The average forward rate is the forward rate weighted by the total of the transacted amounts. The notional amount represents the total net position outstanding as of the stated date. A positive notional amount represents a long position in U.S. dollar versus the exposure currency, while a negative notional amount represents a short position in U.S. dollar versus the exposure currency. The net position is the sum of all buy transactions minus the sum of all sell transactions. All amounts are stated in U.S. dollar equivalents. All transactions will mature before the end of March 2010.
 
Outstanding Forward and Swap Transactions
 
                                                 
    As of November 30, 2008     As of November 25, 2007  
    Average Forward
    Notional
    Fair
    Average Forward
    Notional
    Fair
 
    Exchange Rate     Amount     Value     Exchange Rate     Amount     Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Currency
                                               
Australian Dollar
    0.65     $ 37,576     $ (231 )     0.88     $ 45,271     $ 841  
Canadian Dollar
    1.18       63,065       2,352       0.99       51,533       (257 )
Swiss Franc
    1.20       (6,010 )     (4 )     1.10       (27,092 )     (338 )
Czech Koruna
    19.86       1,849       (26 )                  
Danish Krona
    5.81       21,586       (53 )     5.03       23,722       99  
Euro
    1.31       209,976       4,255       1.43       158,649       (4,710 )
British Pound
    1.63       4,305       2,289       2.01       48,165       (995 )
Hong Kong Dollar
    7.75       173             7.77       16        
Hungarian Forint
    202.76       (32,589 )     (970 )     175.46       (30,425 )     (33 )
Japanese Yen
    97.97       2,828       (3,134 )     110.42       (16,115 )     (1,417 )
Korean Won
    1,107.22       (5,123 )     (1,799 )     915.52       4,805       92  
Mexican Peso
    13.10       12,054       945       11.08       15,077       119  
Norwegian Krona
    6.84       20,422       329       5.45       25,254       113  
New Zealand Dollar
    0.54       (6,968 )     180       0.75       (8,510 )     210  
Polish Zloty
    2.85       (22,137 )     (638 )     2.52       (23,575 )     136  
Swedish Krona
    7.89       63,710       1,086       6.29       84,160       (41 )
Singapore Dollar
    1.46       (29,847 )     (758 )     1.44       (32,313 )     112  
Taiwan Dollar
    32.45       21,484       453       31.86       22,223       (184 )
South African Rand
    8.77       5,473       710                    
                                                 
Total
          $ 361,827     $ 4,986             $ 340,845     $ (6,253 )
                                                 


46


Table of Contents

Interest rate risk
 
We maintain a mix of medium and long-term fixed- and variable-rate debt. We currently manage a portion of our interest rate risk by holding a $100 million interest rate swap derivative to pay fixed rate interest of approximately 3.2% and receive 3-month LIBOR variable interest payments through May 2010.
 
The following table provides information about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table presents principal (face amount) outstanding balances of our debt instruments and the related weighted-average interest rates for the years indicated based on expected maturity dates. The applicable floating rate index is included for variable-rate instruments. All amounts are stated in U.S. dollar equivalents.

 
                                                                 
    As of November 30, 2008     As of
 
    Expected Maturity Date           Fair
    November 25,
 
          2010-
                            Value
    2007
 
    2009(1)     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Total     2008(3)     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Debt Instruments
                                                               
Fixed Rate (US$)
  $     $     $     $     $ 796,210     $ 796,210     $ 477,583     $ 818,764  
Average Interest Rate
                            9.37 %     9.37 %                
Fixed Rate (Yen 20 billion)
                            209,886       209,886       86,788       184,689  
Average Interest Rate
                            4.25 %     4.25 %                
Fixed Rate (Euro 250 million)
                      321,625             321,625       151,900       370,375  
Average Interest Rate
                      8.63 %           8.63 %                
Variable Rate (US$)
    70,875             108,250             325,000       504,125       353,610       575,000  
Average Interest Rate(2)
    5.62 %           5.62 %           3.66 %     4.36 %                
Total Principal (face amount) of our debt instruments
  $ 70,875     $     $ 108,250     $ 321,625     $ 1,331,096     $ 1,831,846     $ 1,069,881     $ 1,948,828  
 
 
(1) Excludes short-term borrowings.
 
(2) Assumes no change in short-term interest rates. Expected maturities due 2009 and 2012 relate to the trademark tranche of our senior revolving credit facility. Amounts maturing thereafter relate to our Senior Term Loan due 2014.
 
(3) The fair value of our long-term debt, as compared to its carrying value, has declined significantly in 2008, primarily due to changes in overall capital market conditions as demonstrated by lower liquidity in the markets, increases in credit spread, and decreases in bank lending activities, which result in investors moving from high yield securities to lower yield investment grade or U.S. Treasury securities in efforts to preserve capital.


47


Table of Contents

Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Levi Strauss & Co.:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ deficit and comprehensive income, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Levi Strauss & Co. and its subsidiaries at November 30, 2008 and November 25, 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended November 30, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(2) for each of the two years in the period ended November 30, 2008, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for defined pension and other postretirement plans effective November 25, 2007. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in fiscal 2008.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
San Francisco, CA
February 9, 2009


48


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
The Stockholders and Board of Directors
Levi Strauss & Co.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ deficit and comprehensive income, and cash flows of Levi Strauss & Co. and subsidiaries for year ended November 26, 2006. In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the related financial statement Schedule II for the same period. These consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Levi Strauss & Co. and subsidiaries for the year ended November 26, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement Schedule II for the year ended November 26, 2006, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
KPMG LLP
 
San Francisco, California
February 12, 2007, except as to the 2006
data in Note 20, which is as of February 9, 2009


49


Table of Contents

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
                 
    November 30,
    November 25,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 210,812     $ 155,914  
Restricted cash
    2,664       1,871  
Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $16,886 and $14,805
    546,474       607,035  
Inventories:
               
Raw materials
    15,895       17,784  
Work-in-process
    8,867       14,815  
Finished goods
    517,912       483,265  
                 
Total inventories
    542,674       515,864  
Deferred tax assets, net
    114,123       133,180  
Other current assets
    88,527       75,647  
                 
Total current assets
    1,505,274       1,489,511  
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $596,967 and $605,859
    411,908       447,340  
Goodwill
    204,663       206,486  
Other intangible assets, net
    42,774       42,775  
Non-current deferred tax assets, net
    526,069       511,128  
Other assets
    86,187       153,426  
                 
Total assets
  $ 2,776,875     $ 2,850,666  
                 
 
LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current Liabilities:
               
Short-term borrowings
  $ 20,339     $ 10,339  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    70,875       70,875  
Current maturities of capital leases
    1,623       2,701  
Accounts payable
    203,207       243,630  
Restructuring liabilities
    2,428       8,783  
Other accrued liabilities
    251,720       248,159  
Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits
    194,289       218,325  
Accrued interest payable
    29,240       30,023  
Accrued income taxes
    17,909       9,420  
                 
Total current liabilities
    791,630       842,255  
Long-term debt
    1,761,993       1,879,192  
Long-term capital leases
    6,183       5,476  
Postretirement medical benefits
    130,223       157,447  
Pension liability
    240,701       147,417  
Long-term employee related benefits
    87,704       113,710  
Long-term income tax liabilities
    42,794       35,122  
Other long-term liabilities
    46,590       48,123  
Minority interest
    17,982       15,833  
                 
Total liabilities
    3,125,800       3,244,575  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
               
Temporary equity
    592       4,120  
                 
Stockholders’ Deficit:
               
Common stock — $.01 par value; 270,000,000 shares authorized; 37,278,238 shares issued and outstanding
    373       373  
Additional paid-in capital
    53,057       92,650  
Accumulated deficit
    (275,032 )     (499,093 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (127,915 )     8,041  
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (349,517 )     (398,029 )
                 
Total liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 2,776,875     $ 2,850,666  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


50


Table of Contents

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net sales
  $ 4,303,075     $ 4,266,108     $ 4,106,572  
Licensing revenue
    97,839       94,821       86,375  
                         
Net revenues
    4,400,914       4,360,929       4,192,947  
Cost of goods sold
    2,261,112       2,318,883       2,216,562  
                         
Gross profit
    2,139,802       2,042,046       1,976,385  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,606,482       1,386,547       1,348,577  
Restructuring charges, net
    8,248       14,458       14,149  
                         
Operating income
    525,072       641,041       613,659  
Interest expense
    154,086       215,715       250,637  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    1,417       63,838       40,278  
Other (income) expense, net
    1,400       (14,138 )     (22,418 )
                         
Income before income taxes
    368,169       375,626       345,162  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    138,884       (84,759 )     106,159  
                         
Net income
  $ 229,285     $ 460,385     $ 239,003  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


51


Table of Contents

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
                                         
                      Accumulated
       
          Additional
          Other
       
    Common
    Paid-in
    Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Stockholders’
 
    Stock     Capital     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Deficit  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance at November 27, 2005
  $ 373     $ 88,808     $ (1,198,481 )   $ (112,785 )   $ (1,222,085 )
                                         
Net income
                239,003             239,003  
Other comprehensive loss (net of tax) (Note 17)
                      (11,994 )     (11,994 )
                                         
Total comprehensive income
                            227,009  
                                         
Stock-based compensation (net of $1,956 temporary equity)
          1,029                   1,029  
                                         
Balance at November 26, 2006
    373       89,837       (959,478 )     (124,779 )     (994,047 )
                                         
Net income
                460,385             460,385  
Other comprehensive income (net of tax) (Note 17)
                      60,015       60,015  
                                         
Total comprehensive income
                            520,400  
                                         
Adjustment to initially apply FASB Statement No. 158
                      72,805       72,805  
Stock-based compensation (net of $4,120 temporary equity)
          2,813                   2,813  
                                         
Balance at November 25, 2007
    373       92,650       (499,093 )     8,041       (398,029 )
                                         
Net income
                229,285             229,285  
Other comprehensive loss (net of tax) (Note 17)
                      (135,956 )     (135,956 )
                                         
Total comprehensive income
                            93,329  
                                         
Cumulative impact of FASB Interpretation 48 adoption
                (5,224 )           (5,224 )
Stock-based compensation (net of $592 temporary equity)
          10,360                   10,360  
Cash dividend paid (Note 16)
          (49,953 )                 (49,953 )
                                         
Balance at November 30, 2008
  $ 373     $ 53,057     $ (275,032 )   $ (127,915 )   $ (349,517 )
                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


52


Table of Contents

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
                         
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 229,285     $ 460,385     $ 239,003  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    77,983       67,514       62,249  
Asset impairments
    20,308       9,070        
Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
    40       444       (6,218 )
Unrealized foreign exchange losses (gains)
    50,736       (7,186 )     (16,826 )
Realized (gain) loss on settlement of foreign currency contracts not designated for hedge accounting
    (53,499 )     16,137        
Employee benefit plans’ amortization from accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (35,995 )            
Postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains
    (5,944 )     (52,763 )     (29,041 )
Write-off of unamortized costs associated with early extinguishment of debt
    394       17,166       17,264  
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs
    4,007       5,192       8,254  
Stock-based compensation
    6,832       4,977       2,985  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    10,376       615       (1,021 )
Deferred income taxes
    75,827       (150,079 )     39,452  
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Trade receivables
    61,707       (18,071 )     46,572  
Inventories
    (21,777 )     40,422       (6,095 )
Other current assets
    (25,400 )     19,235       (3,254 )
Other non-current assets
    (16,773 )     (10,598 )     1,730  
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
    (93,012 )     16,168       18,536  
Income tax liabilities
    3,923       9,527       (14,918 )
Restructuring liabilities
    (7,376 )     (8,134 )     (2,855 )
Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits
    (29,784 )     (87,843 )     (41,433 )
Long-term employee related benefits
    (35,112 )     (32,634 )     (55,655 )
Other long-term liabilities
    6,922       1,973       3,847  
Other, net
    1,141       754       (696 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    224,809       302,271       261,880  
                         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                       
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (80,350 )     (92,519 )     (77,080 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    995       3,881       9,139  
Proceeds (payments) on settlement of foreign currency contracts not designated for hedge accounting
    53,499       (16,137 )      
Acquisition of retail stores
    (959 )     (2,502 )     (1,656 )
                         
Net cash used for investing activities
    (26,815 )     (107,277 )     (69,597 )
                         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
          669,006       475,690  
Repayments of long-term debt and capital leases
    (94,904 )     (984,333 )     (620,146 )
Short-term borrowings, net
    12,181       (1,711 )     (63 )
Debt issuance costs
    (446 )     (5,297 )     (12,176 )
Restricted cash
    (1,224 )     (58 )     1,467  
Dividends to minority interest shareholders of Levi Strauss Japan K.K. 
    (1,114 )     (3,141 )      
Dividend to stockholders
    (49,953 )            
                         
Net cash used for financing activities
    (135,460 )     (325,534 )     (155,228 )
                         
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (7,636 )     6,953       2,862  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    54,898       (123,587 )     39,917  
Beginning cash and cash equivalents
    155,914       279,501       239,584  
                         
Ending cash and cash equivalents
  $ 210,812     $ 155,914     $ 279,501  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid during the period for:
                       
Interest
  $ 154,103     $ 237,017     $ 229,789  
Income taxes
    63,107       52,275       83,492  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


53


Table of Contents

LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
NOTE 1:   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Nature of Operations
 
Levi Strauss & Co. (“LS&CO.” or the “Company”) is one of the world’s leading branded apparel companies. The Company designs and markets jeans, casual and dress pants, tops, jackets and related accessories, for men, women and children under the Levi’s®, Dockers® and Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm brands. The Company markets its products in three geographic regions: Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific.
 
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements of LS&CO. and its wholly-owned and majority-owned foreign and domestic subsidiaries are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. LS&CO. is privately held primarily by descendants of the family of its founder, Levi Strauss, and their relatives.
 
The Company’s fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of November in each year, except for certain foreign subsidiaries which are fixed at November 30 due to local statutory requirements. Apart from these subsidiaries, each quarter of fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of 13 weeks, with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2008, which consisted of 14 weeks. All references to years relate to fiscal years rather than calendar years. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to reflect the current year presentation due to the change in the Company’s reporting segments; for further information, see Note 20.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to consolidated financial statements. Estimates are based upon historical factors, current circumstances and the experience and judgment of its management. Management evaluates its assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis and may employ outside experts to assist in its evaluations. Changes in such estimates, based on more accurate future information, or different assumptions or conditions, may affect amounts reported in future periods.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at fair value.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash primarily relates to required cash deposits for customs and rental guarantees to support the Company’s international operations.
 
Accounts Receivable, Net
 
In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit to its wholesale customers that satisfy pre-defined credit criteria. Accounts receivable, which includes receivables related to the Company’s net sales and licensing revenues, are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an analysis of the aging of accounts receivable at the date of the consolidated financial statements, assessments of collectibility based on historic trends, customer-specific circumstances, and an evaluation of economic conditions.


54


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Inventory Valuation
 
The Company values inventories at the lower of cost or market value. Inventory cost is generally determined using the first-in first-out method. The Company includes product costs, labor, sourcing costs, inbound freight, internal transfers, and receiving and inspection at manufacturing facilities in the cost of inventories. The Company estimates quantities of slow-moving and obsolete inventory, by reviewing on-hand quantities, outstanding purchase obligations and forecasted sales. The Company determines inventory market values by estimating expected selling prices based on the Company’s historical recovery rates for slow-moving and obsolete inventory and other factors, such as market conditions, expected channel of distribution and current consumer preferences.
 
Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
 
The Company is subject to income taxes in both the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. The Company computes its provision for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Significant judgments are required in order to determine the realizability of these deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company’s management evaluates all significant available positive and negative evidence, including historical operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the existence of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Changes in the expectations regarding the realization of deferred tax assets could materially impact income tax expense in future periods.
 
The Company provides for income taxes with respect to temporary differences between the book and tax bases of foreign investments that are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. The Company does not provide for income taxes with respect to basis differences, consisting primarily of undistributed foreign earnings related to investments in certain foreign subsidiaries that are considered to be permanently reinvested and therefore are not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future, as the Company plans to utilize these earnings to finance the expansion and operating requirements of these subsidiaries.
 
The Company continuously reviews issues raised in connection with all ongoing examinations and open tax years to evaluate the adequacy of its liabilities. Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, the Company evaluates uncertain tax positions under a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the uncertain tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination based on its technical merits. The second step, for those positions that meet the recognition criteria, is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than fifty percent likely to be realized. The Company believes that its recorded tax liabilities are adequate to cover all open tax years based on its assessment. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and involves significant judgments about future events. To the extent that the Company’s view as to the outcome of these matters change, the Company will adjust income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income taxes as income tax expense.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The cost is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Buildings are depreciated over 20 to 40 years, and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the life of the improvement or the initial lease term. Machinery and equipment includes furniture and fixtures, automobiles and trucks, and networking communication


55


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
equipment, and is depreciated over a range from three to 20 years. Capitalized internal-use software is depreciated over periods ranging from three to seven years.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill resulted primarily from a 1985 acquisition of LS&CO. by Levi Strauss Associates Inc., a former parent company that was subsequently merged into the Company in 1996. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to an annual impairment test which the Company performs in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Intangible assets are primarily comprised of owned trademarks with indefinite useful lives which are not being amortized, but which are subject to an annual impairment assessment. The Company’s remaining intangible asset, which is immaterial, is amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years.
 
Impairment
 
In the Company’s annual impairment tests of goodwill and other non-amortized intangible assets, the Company uses a two-step approach. In the first step, the Company compares the carrying value of the applicable reporting unit to its fair value, which the Company estimates using a combination of discounted cash flow analysis or comparison with the market values of companies that are publicly traded. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, the Company performs the second step, and determines the impairment loss, if any, as the excess of the carrying value of the goodwill or intangible asset over its fair value.
 
The Company reviews its other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the expected future undiscounted cash flows, the Company measures and records an impairment loss for the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value.
 
To determine the fair value of impaired assets, the Company utilizes the valuation technique or techniques deemed most appropriate based on the nature of the impaired asset, which may include the use of quoted market prices, prices for similar assets or other valuation techniques such as discounted future cash flows or earnings.
 
Debt Issuance Costs
 
The Company capitalizes debt issuance costs, which are included in “Other assets” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method of amortization for all debt issuances prior to 2005, which approximates the effective interest method. Costs associated with debt issuances in 2005 and later are amortized using the effective interest method. Amortization of debt issuance costs is included in “Interest expense” in the consolidated statements of income.
 
Restructuring Liabilities
 
Upon approval of a restructuring plan by management with the appropriate level of authority, the Company records restructuring liabilities in compliance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) 112, “Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits,” and SFAS 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” resulting in the recognition of employee severance and related termination benefits for recurring arrangements when they become probable and estimable and on the accrual basis for one-time benefit arrangements. The Company records other costs associated with exit activities as they are incurred. The long-term portion of restructuring liabilities is included in “Other long-term liabilities” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.


56


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Deferred Rent
 
The Company is obligated under operating leases of property for manufacturing, finishing and distribution facilities, office space, retail stores and equipment. Rental expense relating to operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term after consideration of lease incentives and scheduled rent escalations beginning as of the date the Company takes physical possession or control of the property. Differences between rental expense and actual rental payments are recorded as deferred rent liabilities included in “Other accrued liabilities” and “Other long-term liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The fair values of the Company’s financial instruments reflect the amounts that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The fair value estimates presented in this report are based on information available to the Company as of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007.
 
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and short-term borrowings approximate fair value. The Company has estimated the fair value of its other financial instruments using the market and income approaches. Rabbi trust assets, foreign currency forward contracts and the interest rate swap contract are carried at their fair values. Notes, loans and borrowings under the Company’s credit facilities are carried at historical cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts, foreign currency fluctuations and principal payments.
 
Pension and Postretirement Benefits
 
The Company has several non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans covering eligible employees. The Company also provides certain health care benefits for U.S. employees who meet age, participation and length of service requirements at retirement. In addition, the Company sponsors other retirement or post-employment plans for its foreign employees in accordance with local government programs and requirements. The Company retains the right to amend, curtail or discontinue any aspect of the plans, subject to local regulations.
 
As of November 25, 2007, the Company adopted SFAS 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).” SFAS 158 requires employers to fully recognize the obligations associated with single-employer defined benefit pension, retiree healthcare and other postretirement plans in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company measures changes in the funded status of both its plans using actuarial models in accordance with SFAS 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pension Plans,” and SFAS 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions.” These models use an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events over the estimated service lives of the employees in the plan. The attribution approach assumes that employees render service over their service lives on a relatively smooth basis and as such, presumes that the income statement effects of pension or postretirement benefit plans should follow the same pattern. The Company’s policy is to fund its retirement plans based upon actuarial recommendations and in accordance with applicable laws, income tax regulations and credit agreements. Net pension and postretirement benefit income or expense is generally determined using assumptions which include expected long-term rates of return on plan assets, discount rates, compensation rate increases and medical trend rates. The Company considers several factors including actual historical rates, expected rates and external data to determine the assumptions used in the actuarial models.
 
Pension benefits are primarily paid through trusts funded by the Company. The Company pays postretirement benefits to the healthcare service providers on behalf of the plan’s participants. The Company’s postretirement benefit plan provides a benefit to retirees that is at least actuarially equivalent to the benefit provided by the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“Medicare Part D”) and thus, the


57


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
U.S. government provides a federal subsidy to the plan. Accordingly, the net periodic postretirement benefit cost was reduced to reflect the impact of the federal subsidy.
 
Employee Incentive Compensation
 
The Company maintains short-term and long-term employee incentive compensation plans. These plans are intended to reward eligible employees for their contributions to the Company’s short-term and long-term success. Provisions for employee incentive compensation are recorded in “Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits” and “Long-term employee related benefits” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company accrues the related compensation expense over the period of the plan and changes in the liabilities for these incentive plans generally correlate with the Company’s financial results and projected future financial performance.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company has incentive plans which reward certain employees and directors with cash or equity based on changes in the value of the Company’s common stock. In fiscal year 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) and the four related FASB Staff Positions and the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 107, “Share-Based Payment” applying the modified prospective transition method. The amount of compensation cost for share-based payments is measured based on the fair value on the grant date of the equity or liability instruments issued, based on the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. No compensation cost is ultimately recognized for awards for which employees do not render the requisite service and are forfeited. Compensation cost for equity instruments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period that an employee provides service for that award, which generally is the vesting period. Liability instruments are revalued at each reporting period and compensation expense adjusted. Changes in the fair value of unvested liability instruments during the requisite service period are recognized as compensation cost on a straight-line basis over that service period. Changes in the fair value of vested liability instruments after the service period are recognized as an adjustment to compensation cost in the period of the change in fair value.
 
The Company’s common stock is not listed on any established stock exchange. Accordingly, the stock’s fair market value is determined by the Board based upon a valuation performed by an independent third-party, Evercore Group LLC (“Evercore”). Determining the fair value of the Company’s stock requires complex and subjective judgments. The valuation process includes comparison of the Company’s historical financial results and growth prospects with selected publicly-traded companies, and application of an appropriate discount for the illiquidity of the stock to derive the fair value of the stock. The Company uses this valuation for, among other things, making determinations under its share-based compensation plans, such as grant date fair value of awards.
 
Under the provisions of SFAS 123R, the fair value of stock-based compensation is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions including volatility. Due to the fact that the Company’s common stock is not publicly traded, the computation of expected volatility is based on the average of the historical and implied volatilities, over the expected life of the awards, of comparable companies from a representative peer group of publicly traded entities, selected based on industry and financial attributes. Other assumptions include expected life, risk-free rate of interest and dividend yield. Expected life is computed using the simplified method permitted under SAB 110. The risk-free interest rate is based on zero coupon U.S. Treasury bond rates corresponding to the expected life of the awards. No dividends are assumed.
 
Due to the job function of the award recipients, the Company has included stock-based compensation cost in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of income.


58


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Self-Insurance
 
The Company self-insures, up to certain limits, workers’ compensation risk and employee and eligible retiree medical health benefits. The Company carries insurance policies covering claim exposures which exceed predefined amounts, both per occurrence and in the aggregate, for all workers’ compensation claims and for the medical claims of active employees as well as those salaried retirees who retired after June 1, 2001. Accruals for losses are made based on the Company’s claims experience and actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry, including provisions for incurred but not reported losses.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
The Company recognizes all derivatives as assets and liabilities at their fair values. The Company may use derivatives and establish programs from time to time to manage foreign currency and interest rate exposures that are sensitive to changes in market conditions. The instruments that qualify for hedge accounting hedge the Company’s net investment position in certain of its foreign subsidiaries and through the first quarter of 2007 certain intercompany royalty cash flows. For these instruments, the Company documents the hedge designation by identifying the hedging instrument, the nature of the risk being hedged and the approach for measuring hedge ineffectiveness. The ineffective portions of hedges are recorded in “Other (income) expense, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. The gains and losses on the instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets until the underlying has been settled and is then reclassified to earnings. Changes in the fair values of the derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in “Other (income) expense, net” or “Interest expense” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income to reflect the economic risk being mitigated.
 
Foreign Currency
 
The functional currency for most of the Company’s foreign operations is the applicable local currency. For those operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates, income and expenses are translated at average monthly exchange rates, and equity accounts are translated at historical rates. Net changes resulting from such translations are recorded as a component of translation adjustments in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for foreign operations in countries with highly inflationary economies. The translation adjustments for these entities, as applicable, are included in “Other (income) expense, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
 
Foreign currency transactions are transactions denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency. At each balance sheet date, each entity remeasures the recorded balances related to foreign-currency transactions using the current exchange rate. Gains or losses arising from the remeasurement of these balances are recorded in “Other (income) expense, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. In addition, at the settlement date of foreign currency transactions, foreign currency gains and losses are recorded in “Other (income) expense, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income to reflect the difference between the rate effective at the settlement date and the historical rate at which the transaction was originally recorded or remeasured at the balance sheet date.
 
Minority Interest
 
Minority interest includes a 16.4% minority interest of third parties in Levi Strauss Japan K.K., the Company’s Japanese affiliate.


59


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Stockholders’ Deficit
 
The stockholders’ deficit primarily resulted from a 1996 recapitalization transaction in which the Company’s stockholders created new long-term governance arrangements, including a voting trust and stockholders’ agreement. As a result, shares of stock of a former parent company, Levi Strauss Associates Inc., including shares held under several employee benefit and compensation plans, were converted into the right to receive cash. The funding for the cash payments in this transaction was provided in part by cash on hand and in part from proceeds of approximately $3.3 billion of borrowings under bank credit facilities.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Net sales is primarily comprised of sales of products to wholesale customers, including franchised stores, and direct sales to consumers at the Company’s company-operated stores. The Company recognizes revenue on sale of product when the goods are shipped or delivered and title to the goods passes to the customer provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance; persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. The revenue is recorded net of an allowance for estimated returns, discounts and retailer promotions and other similar incentives. Licensing revenues from the use of the Company’s trademarks in connection with the manufacturing, advertising, and distribution of trademarked products by third-party licensees are earned and recognized as products are sold by licensees based on royalty rates as set forth in the licensing agreements.
 
The Company recognizes allowances for estimated returns in the period in which the related sale is recorded. The Company recognizes allowances for estimated discounts, retailer promotions and other similar incentives at the later of the period in which the related sale is recorded or the period in which the sales incentive is offered to the customer. The Company estimates non-volume based allowances based on historical rates as well as customer and product-specific circumstances. Actual allowances may differ from estimates due to changes in sales volume based on retailer or consumer demand and changes in customer and product-specific circumstances. Sales and value-added taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis in the consolidated statements of income.
 
Net sales to the Company’s ten largest customers totaled approximately 37%, 42% and 42% of net revenues for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. No customer represented 10% or more of net revenues in any year.
 
Cost of Goods Sold
 
Cost of goods sold includes the expenses incurred to acquire and produce inventory for sale, including product costs, labor, sourcing costs, inbound freight, internal transfers, receiving and inspection at manufacturing facilities, and depreciation expense on the Company’s manufacturing facilities. Cost of goods sold excludes depreciation expense on the Company’s other facilities. Costs relating to the Company’s licensing activities are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of income; such costs are insignificant.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses are primarily comprised of costs relating to advertising, marketing, selling, distribution, information technology and other corporate functions. Selling costs include all occupancy costs associated with company-operated stores. The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. For 2008, 2007 and 2006, total advertising expense was $297.9 million, $277.0 million and $285.3 million, respectively. Distribution costs include costs related to receiving and inspection at distribution centers, warehousing, shipping, handling and certain other activities associated with the Company’s distribution network. These expenses totaled $215.8 million, $225.2 million and $204.6 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.


60


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
The following recently issued accounting standards have been grouped by their required effective dates for the Company:
 
First Quarter of 2009
 
  •  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” The FASB amended SFAS 157 by issuing FSP FAS 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13,” and FSP FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” and in October 2008, FSP FAS 157-3 “Determining the Fair value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active” (collectively “SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure of fair value measurements to require a three-level hierarchical classification of the inputs used in measuring fair value. The assignment within the hierarchy to Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 depends on the level of observability and judgment associated with the inputs being used. SFAS 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, except those relating to lease classification, and accordingly does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for financial assets and financial liabilities in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for nonfinancial assets and liabilities in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company adopted SFAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities in 2008 with no material impact to the consolidated financial statements but with additional required consolidated financial statement footnote disclosures. The Company does not anticipate the application of SFAS 157 to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
  •  In March 2008 the FASB issued SFAS 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of FASB Statement No. 133, requiring enhanced disclosures about the Company’s derivative and hedging activities. The Company is required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why it uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB Statement No. 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 is effective prospectively, with comparative disclosures of earlier periods encouraged upon initial adoption. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statement footnote disclosures.
 
Second Quarter of 2009
 
  •  In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities” (“FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8”). FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 amends both FASB Statement No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities-a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125”, and FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (revised December 2003) — an interpretation of ARB No. 51”, to require public entities to provide additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets and about their involvement with variable interest entities. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statement footnote disclosures.


61


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
First Quarter of 2010
 
  •  In December 2007 the FASB issued SFAS 141 (revised 2007) “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree. SFAS 141R also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements, absent any material business combinations.
 
  •  In December 2007 the FASB issued SFAS 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. SFAS 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements of SFAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of SFAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
  •  In December 2007 the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 07-1, “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements” (“EITF 07-1”). EITF 07-1 defines collaborative arrangements and requires that transactions with third parties that do not participate in the arrangement be reported in the appropriate income statement line items pursuant to the guidance in EITF 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” Income statement classification of payments made between participants of a collaborative arrangement are to be based on other applicable authoritative accounting literature. If the payments are not within the scope or analogy of other authoritative accounting literature, a reasonable, rational and consistent accounting policy is to be elected. EITF 07-1 is to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the effective date. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
  •  In April 2008 the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Asset. More specifically, FSP FAS 142-3 removes the requirement under paragraph 11 of SFAS 142 to consider whether an intangible asset can be renewed without substantial cost or material modifications to the existing terms and conditions and instead, requires an entity to consider its own historical experience in renewing similar arrangements. FSP FAS 142-3 also requires expanded disclosure related to the determination of intangible asset useful lives. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
  •  In June 2008 the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 08-3, “Accounting by Lessees for Nonrefundable Maintenance Deposits” (“EITF 08-3”). EITF 08-3 requires that nonrefundable maintenance deposits paid by a lessee under an arrangement accounted for as a lease be accounted for as a deposit asset until the underlying maintenance is performed. When the underlying maintenance is performed, the deposit may be expensed or capitalized in accordance with the lessee’s maintenance accounting policy. Upon adoption entities must recognize the effect of the change as a change in accounting principal. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.


62


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
 
  •  In November 2008, the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 08-7, “Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets” (“EITF 08-7”). EITF 08-7 addresses the accounting for assets acquired in a business combination or asset acquisition that an entity does not intend to actively use, otherwise referred to as a ‘defensive asset.’ EITF 08-7 requires defensive intangible assets to be initially accounted for as a separate unit of accounting and not included as part of the cost of the acquirer’s existing intangible asset(s) because it is separately identifiable. EITF 08-7 also requires that defensive intangible assets be assigned a useful life in accordance with paragraph 11 of FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Fourth Quarter of 2010
 
  •  In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets” (“FSP FAS 132(R)-1”). FSP FAS 132(R)-1 amends FASB Statement No. 132 (revised 2003), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits”, (“FAS 132(R)”), to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. The additional disclosure requirements under this FSP include expanded disclosures about an entity’s investment policies and strategies, the categories of plan assets, concentrations of credit risk and fair value measurements of plan assets. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this statement will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statement footnote disclosures.
 
NOTE 2:   INCOME TAXES
 
The Company’s income tax (benefit) expense was $138.9 million, $(84.8) million and $106.2 million for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate was 37.7%, (22.6)% and 30.8% for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The increase in the effective tax rate for 2008 as compared to 2007 was mostly attributable to the recognition in 2007 of a tax benefit resulting from a non-recurring reversal of valuation allowances against the Company’s deferred tax assets for foreign tax credit carryforwards, primarily reflecting the Company’s expectations about future recoverability due to improvements in business performance and developments in the IRS examination of the 2000-2002 U.S. federal corporate income tax returns. In connection with the IRS examination, during the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company agreed to an adjustment relating to the prepayment of royalties from its European affiliates which, along with current year operating income, contributed to the full utilization of the Company’s U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward as of November 25, 2007. This net operating loss carryforward had been a significant piece of negative evidence that impaired the Company’s ability to utilize foreign tax credits in prior periods. As a result of these developments, during the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company concluded it was more likely than not its foreign tax credits will be utilized prior to expiration resulting in a non-recurring, non-cash reduction in tax expense of $215.3 million.
 
The decline in the effective tax rate from 2006 to 2007 was primarily due to the 2007 reversal of valuation allowances against the Company’s deferred tax assets for foreign tax credit carryforwards, as explained above.


63


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
The U.S. and foreign components of income before taxes were as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Domestic
  $ 196,879     $ 210,770     $ 160,761  
Foreign
    171,290       164,856       184,401  
                         
Total income before taxes
  $ 368,169     $ 375,626     $ 345,162  
                         
 
Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
U.S. Federal
                       
Current
  $ 10,333     $ 15,292     $ 21,471  
Deferred
    77,706       (156,647 )     69,128  
                         
      88,039       (141,355 )     90,599  
                         
U.S. State
                       
Current
    2,322       3,676       20  
Deferred
    6,507       745       (12,905 )
                         
      8,829       4,421       (12,885 )
                         
Foreign
                       
Current
    50,402       46,352       45,216  
Deferred
    (8,386 )     5,823       (16,771 )
                         
      42,016       52,175       28,445  
                         
Consolidated
                       
Current
    63,057       65,320       66,707  
Deferred
    75,827       (150,079 )     39,452  
                         
Total income tax (benefit) expense
  $ 138,884     $ (84,759 )   $ 106,159  
                         


64


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
The Company’s income tax (benefit) expense differed from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to income before taxes as follows:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended  
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Income tax expense at U.S. federal statutory rate
  $ 128,859       35.0 %   $ 131,470       35.0 %   $ 120,807       35.0 %
State income taxes, net of U.S. federal impact
    6,248       1.7 %     2,354       0.6 %     7,433       2.2 %
Change in valuation allowance
    (1,768 )     (0.5 )%     (206,830 )     (55.1 )%     (28,729 )     (8.3 )%
Impact of foreign operations
    3,647       1.0 %     (21,946 )     (5.8 )%     7,899       2.3 %
Reassessment of tax liabilities due to change in estimate
    1,533       0.4 %     10,813       2.9 %     (1,649 )     (0.5 )%
Other, including non-deductible expenses
    365       0.1 %     (620 )     (0.2 )%     398       0.1 %
                                                 
Total
  $ 138,884       37.7 %   $ (84,759 )     (22.6 )%   $ 106,159       30.8 %
                                                 
 
State income taxes, net of U.S. federal impact.  This item primarily reflects the current and deferred state income tax expense, net of related federal benefit. The impact of this item on the annual effective tax rate increased in 2008 from 2007 primarily due to the recognition in 2007 of a non-recurring, non-cash tax benefit of $6.3 million resulting from the Company’s election to change the filing methodology of its California state income tax return.
 
Change in valuation allowance.  This item relates to changes in the Company’s expectations regarding its ability to realize certain deferred tax assets. The Company evaluates all significant available positive and negative evidence, including the existence of losses in recent years and its forecast of future taxable income, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. The underlying assumptions the Company uses in forecasting future taxable income require significant judgment and take into account the Company’s recent performance.
 
The following table details the changes in valuation allowance during the year ended November 30, 2008:
 
                                 
    Valuation
                Valuation
 
    Allowance at
    Changes in Related
          Allowance at
 
    November 25,
    Gross Deferred Tax
    Charge /
    November 30,
 
    2007     Asset     (Release)     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 1,130     $ 707     $     $ 1,837  
Foreign net operating loss carrryforwards and other foreign deferred tax assets
    72,466       (13,842 )     (1,768 )     56,856  
                                 
    $ 73,596     $ (13,135 )   $ (1,768 )   $ 58,693  
                                 
 
The $14.9 million net decrease in the total valuation allowance during 2008 includes a $13.1 million net decrease relating primarily to changes in underlying gross foreign deferred taxes, and a $1.8 million release in valuation allowance primarily due to changes in judgment regarding the recoverability of certain foreign deferred tax assets in future periods as a result of business improvements in certain jurisdictions outside the United States.
 
In 2007, the $206.8 million net release of valuation allowance was driven by a reversal of $215.3 million relating to foreign tax credit carryforwards, partially offset by a net charge of $8.5 million primarily relating to foreign net operating loss carryforwards and other foreign deferred tax assets.


65


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
In 2006, the $28.7 million net release of valuation allowance primarily related to benefits associated with state net operating loss carryforwards in the United States and to certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards.
 
Impact of foreign operations.  The $3.6 million expense in 2008 primarily reflects the impact of the taxation of foreign profits in jurisdictions with rates that differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate and additional U.S. income tax imposed upon distributions of foreign earnings. In 2008, the Company’s effective income tax rate was not materially impacted by the Company’s foreign operations due to the Company’s ability to utilize foreign tax credits.
 
In 2007, the $21.9 million benefit arose as the 2007 foreign profits were subject to an average rate of tax below the U.S. statutory rate of 35%; primarily due to a change in the Company’s expectation regarding its ability to utilize foreign tax credit carryforwards prior to expiration, no additional U.S. tax expense was incurred relating to the expected future repatriation of these earnings.
 
The $7.9 million expense in 2006 primarily reflected an accrual for additional U.S. residual income tax due to 2006 operating results, partially offset by a non-recurring, non-cash benefit of $31.5 million relating to a modification of the ownership structure of certain foreign subsidiaries.
 
Reassessment of liabilities due to change in estimate.  In 2008, the $1.5 million net expense primarily relates to changes in the Company’s estimate of its prior year uncertain tax positions as a result of additional information obtained from transfer pricing studies conducted during the year. In 2007, the $10.8 million expense is attributable to revision of both current and prior year contingent tax liabilities, comprised of a net increase in foreign contingent tax liabilities of $7.5 million primarily relating to transfer pricing issues and a net increase in U.S. federal and state contingent tax liabilities of $3.3 million. In 2006, the $1.6 million net benefit includes benefits primarily relating to favorable state audit settlements, partially offset by additional tax expense resulting from a net increase in foreign contingent tax liabilities.


66


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
The Company’s deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:
 
                 
    November 30,
    November 25,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
               
Additional U.S. tax on unremitted foreign earnings
  $     $ (4,372 )
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
    246,021       284,412  
State net operating loss carryforwards
    14,296       17,441  
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards
    77,705       89,176  
Employee compensation and benefit plans
    238,939       183,900  
Restructuring and special charges
    14,370       15,614  
Sales returns and allowances
    34,494       37,997  
Inventory
    4,680       18,025  
Property, plant and equipment
    13,562       11,769  
Unrealized gains/losses on investments
    10,058       24,875  
Other
    44,760       39,067  
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
    698,885       717,904  
Less: Valuation allowance
    (58,693 )     (73,596 )
                 
Total net deferred tax assets
  $ 640,192     $ 644,308  
                 
Current
               
Deferred tax assets
  $ 115,954     $ 136,778  
Valuation allowance
    (1,831 )     (3,598 )
                 
Total current deferred tax assets
  $ 114,123     $ 133,180  
                 
Long-term
               
Deferred tax assets
  $ 582,931     $ 581,126  
Valuation allowance
    (56,862 )     (69,998 )
                 
Total long-term deferred tax assets
  $ 526,069     $ 511,128  
                 
 
Additional U.S. tax on unremitted foreign earnings.  The Company provides for income taxes with respect to temporary differences between the book and tax bases of foreign investments that are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future, but at November 30, 2008, the Company had no net deferred tax liability for the expected repatriation of unremitted foreign earnings, as sufficient foreign tax credits are expected to become available with these future repatriations to eliminate any resulting U.S. federal income tax liability.
 
The Company does not provide for income taxes with respect to differences between the book and tax bases of investments in foreign subsidiaries that are not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. As of November 30, 2008, income taxes were not provided on excess book over tax bases in investments in foreign subsidiaries of approximately $209.4 million. The Company plans to utilize these unremitted earnings to finance expansion and operating requirements of non-U.S. subsidiaries. These earnings could become subject to U.S. federal income tax if distributed as dividends, loaned to a U.S. affiliate, or if the Company sells its interests in these subsidiaries. If these earnings were distributed, sufficient foreign tax credits would become available under current law to eliminate any resulting U.S. federal income tax liability.


67


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Foreign tax credit carryforwards.  At November 30, 2008, the Company had a gross deferred tax asset for foreign tax credit carryforwards of $246.0 million. This asset decreased from $284.4 million in the prior year period primarily due to the utilization of foreign tax credits in the 2008 U.S. federal income tax return. The foreign tax credit carryforwards of $246.0 million existing at November 30, 2008, is subject to expiration from 2010 to 2017, if not utilized.
 
State net operating loss carryforwards.  At November 30, 2008, the Company had a gross deferred tax asset of $14.3 million for state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $304.6 million, partially offset by a valuation allowance of $1.8 million to reduce this gross asset to the amount that will more likely than not be realized. These loss carryforwards are subject to expiration from 2009 to 2028, if not utilized.
 
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards.  At November 30, 2008, cumulative foreign operating losses of $270.2 million generated by the Company were available to reduce future taxable income. Approximately $129.3 million of these operating losses expire between the years 2009 and 2019. The remaining $140.9 million are available as indefinite carryforwards under applicable tax law. The gross deferred tax asset for the cumulative foreign operating losses of $77.7 million is partially offset by a valuation allowance of $57.0 million to reduce this gross asset to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.
 
Uncertain income tax positions.  In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of SFAS 109” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for income taxes where interpretation of the tax law on the Company’s tax positions may be uncertain. FIN 48 also prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, derecognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of income tax uncertainties with respect to positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on the first day of fiscal 2008 and recognized a cumulative-effect adjustment of $5.2 million, which increased the 2008 beginning balance of accumulated deficit.
 
At the date of adoption, the Company’s total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $178.4 million, of which $116.5 million would impact the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. As of November 30, 2008, the Company’s total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $167.2 million, of which $104.6 million would impact the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. The following table reflects the changes to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended November 30, 2008:
 
         
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Gross unrecognized tax benefits as of November 26, 2007 (FIN 48 adoption date)
  $ 178.4  
Increases related to current year tax positions
    7.5  
Increases related to tax positions from prior years
    4.2  
Decreases related to tax positions from prior years
    (10.5 )
Settlement with tax authorities
    (1.3 )
Lapses of statutes of limitation
    (2.9 )
Other, including foreign currency translation
    (8.2 )
         
Gross unrecognized tax benefits as of November 30, 2008
  $ 167.2  
         
 
The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by as much as $89.7 million within the next twelve months, due primarily to the potential resolution of a refund claim with the State of California. However, at this point it is not possible to estimate whether the Company will realize any significant income tax benefit upon the resolution of this claim.
 
As of the date of adoption and November 30, 2008, accrued interest and penalties primarily relating to non-U.S. jurisdictions were $13.2 million and $15.6 million, respectively.


68


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
The Company’s income tax returns are subject to examination in the U.S. federal and state jurisdictions and numerous foreign jurisdictions. During the three months ended February 24, 2008, the Company reached a settlement with the IRS concluding the examination of the Company’s 2000-2002 U.S. federal income tax returns. As a result of this settlement, the Company recognized a non-cash, non-recurring tax benefit of $3.5 million related to additional foreign tax credit carryforwards available. The Company’s total amount of unrecognized tax benefits were not significantly impacted by the settlement. During the three months ended November 30, 2008, the IRS began an examination of the Company’s 2003-2005 U.S. federal income tax returns. The following table summarizes the tax years that are either currently under audit or remain open and subject to examination by the tax authorities in the major jurisdictions in which the Company operates:
 
         
Jurisdiction
  Open Tax Years  
 
U.S. federal
    2003-2008  
California
    1986-2008  
Belgium
    2006-2008  
United Kingdom
    2006-2008  
Spain
    2004-2008  
Mexico
    2002-2008  
Canada
    2003-2008  
Hong Kong
    2002-2008  
Italy
    2003-2008  
France
    2005-2008  
Turkey
    2003-2008  
Japan
    2003-2008  
 
NOTE 3:   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
The components of property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) were as follows:
 
                 
    November 30,
    November 25,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Land
  $ 27,864     $ 28,659  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    357,203       363,379  
Machinery and equipment
    473,456       513,272  
Capitalized internal-use software
    133,593       83,370  
Construction in progress
    16,759       64,519  
                 
Subtotal
    1,008,875       1,053,199  
Accumulated depreciation
    (596,967 )     (605,859 )
                 
PP&E, net
  $ 411,908     $ 447,340  
                 
 
Depreciation expense for the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, was $78.0 million, $67.5 million and $62.2 million, respectively.
 
Construction in progress at November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, primarily related to the installation of various information technology systems in the United States and Asia.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded impairment charges of $16.1 million to reduce the carrying value of certain long-lived assets, primarily leasehold improvements in company-operated stores in the United States, to their estimated fair value, as determined using the expected present value of estimated future cash flows. The impairment charges primarily resulted from lower-than-expected operating cash flow performance for


69


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
certain stores that, along with projections of future performance, indicated that the carrying values of the related long-lived assets were not recoverable. The charges were recorded as “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
 
Also during 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $4.2 million reflecting the write-down of its closed distribution center in Heusenstamm, Germany, to its estimated fair value of $9.0 million as of November 30, 2008, as determined using an expected present value technique. Impairment charges for this facility were $9.0 million in 2007. These charges were recorded to “Restructuring charges, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
 
NOTE 4:   GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by business segment for the years ended November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, were as follows:
 
                                 
                Asia
       
    Americas     Europe     Pacific     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance, November 26, 2006
  $ 199,905     $ 3,814     $ 270     $ 203,989  
Additions
                2,175       2,175  
Foreign currency fluctuation
          249       73       322  
                                 
Balance, November 25, 2007
  $ 199,905     $ 4,063     $ 2,518     $ 206,486  
Foreign currency fluctuation
          (1,025 )     (798 )     (1,823 )
                                 
Balance, November 30, 2008
  $ 199,905     $ 3,038     $ 1,720     $ 204,663  
                                 
 
Additions to goodwill in 2007 resulted from acquisitions in connection with expansion of the Company’s retail network.
 
As of November 30, 2008, there was no impairment to the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets.


70


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
NOTE 5:   DEBT
 
                 
    November 30,
    November 25,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Long-term debt
               
Secured:
               
Senior revolving credit facility
  $ 179,125     $ 250,000  
Notes payable, at various rates
    99       131  
                 
Total secured
    179,224       250,131  
                 
Unsecured:
               
12.25% senior notes due 2012
          18,702  
8.625% Euro senior notes due 2013
    324,520       373,808  
Senior term loan due 2014
    323,028       322,737  
9.75% senior notes due 2015
    446,210       450,000  
8.875% senior notes due 2016
    350,000       350,000  
4.25% Yen-denominated Eurobonds due 2016
    209,886       184,689  
                 
Total unsecured
    1,653,644       1,699,936  
Less: current maturities
    (70,875 )     (70,875 )
                 
Total long-term debt
  $ 1,761,993     $ 1,879,192  
                 
Short-term debt
               
Short-term borrowings
  $ 20,339     $ 10,339  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    70,875       70,875  
                 
Total short-term debt
  $ 91,214     $ 81,214  
                 
Total long-term and short-term debt
  $ 1,853,207     $ 1,960,406  
                 
 
Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility
 
On May 18, 2006, and October 11, 2007, the Company amended and restated its senior secured revolving credit facility, which it initially entered into on September 29, 2003. The facility is an asset-based facility, in which the borrowing availability varies according to the levels of the Company’s domestic accounts receivable, inventory and cash and investment securities deposited in secured accounts with the administrative agent or other lenders. Subject to the level of this borrowing base, the Company may make and repay borrowings from time to time until the maturity of the facility. The Company may make voluntary prepayments of borrowings at any time and must make mandatory prepayments if certain events occur, such as asset sales. Other material terms of the credit facility are discussed below.
 
Availability, interest and maturity.  The maximum availability under the credit facility is $750.0 million, including a $250.0 million trademark tranche. The trademark tranche amortizes on a quarterly basis based on a straight line two-year amortization schedule to a residual value of 25% of the net orderly liquidation value of the trademarks with no additional repayments required until maturity so long as the remaining amount of the tranche does not exceed such 25% valuation. The trademark tranche will be borrowed on a first dollar drawn basis. As the trademark tranche is repaid, the revolving tranche increases, up to a maximum of $750 million when the trademark tranche is repaid in full. The revolving portion of the credit facility initially bears an interest rate of LIBOR plus 150 basis points or base rate plus 25 basis points subject to subsequent adjustments based on availability. The trademark tranche bears an interest rate of LIBOR plus 250 basis points or base rate plus 125 basis points. The credit facility matures on October 11, 2012.


71


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Guarantees and security.  The Company’s obligations under the senior secured revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The senior secured revolving credit facility is collateralized by a first-priority lien on domestic inventory and accounts receivable, patents, certain U.S. trademarks associated with the Levi’s® brand, and other related intellectual property, 100% of the equity interests in all domestic subsidiaries and other assets. The aggregate carrying value of the collateralized assets exceeds the total availability under the senior secured revolving credit facility. The lien on the trademarks, but not the other assets, will be released upon the full repayment of the trademark tranche. In addition, the Company has the ability to deposit cash or certain investment securities with the administrative agent for the facility to secure the Company’s reimbursement and other obligations with respect to letters of credit. Such cash-collateralized letters of credit are subject to lower letter of credit fees.
 
Covenants.  The senior secured revolving credit facility contains customary covenants restricting the Company’s activities as well as those of the Company’s subsidiaries, including limitations on the Company’s, and the Company’s domestic subsidiaries’, ability to sell assets; engage in mergers; enter into capital leases or certain leases not in the ordinary course of business; enter into transactions involving related parties or derivatives; incur or prepay indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on the Company’s assets; make loans or other investments; pay dividends or repurchase stock or other securities; guaranty third-party obligations; and make changes in the Company’s corporate structure. Some of these covenants are suspended if unused availability exceeds certain minimum thresholds. In addition, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 arises when unused availability under the Credit Agreement is less than $100.0 million. As of November 30, 2008, the Company had sufficient unused availability under the Credit Agreement to exceed all applicable minimum thresholds. This financial covenant will be discontinued upon repayment in full and termination of the trademark tranche described above and the implementation of an unfunded availability reserve of $50 million.
 
Events of default.  The senior secured revolving credit facility contains customary events of default, including payment failures; failure to comply with covenants; failure to satisfy other obligations under the credit agreements or related documents; defaults in respect of other indebtedness; bankruptcy, insolvency and inability to pay debts when due; material judgments; pension plan terminations or specified underfunding; substantial voting trust certificate or stock ownership changes; specified changes in the composition of the Company’s board of directors; and invalidity of the guaranty or security agreements. The cross-default provisions in the senior secured revolving credit facility apply if a default occurs on other indebtedness in excess of $25.0 million and the applicable grace period in respect of the indebtedness has expired, such that the lenders of or trustee for the defaulted indebtedness have the right to accelerate. If an event of default occurs under the senior secured revolving credit facility, the Company’s lenders may terminate their commitments, declare immediately payable all borrowings under the credit facility and foreclose on the collateral.
 
Use of proceeds — Tender offer and redemption of the 2012 notes.  As discussed below, in October 2007, the Company borrowed $346.4 million (including all $250.0 million of the trademark tranche) under the amended credit facility and used the proceeds plus $220.5 million of cash on hand to prepay $506.2 million of its senior notes due 2012 plus accrued and unpaid interest, prepayment premiums, tender offer consideration, applicable consent payments and other fees and expenses. At November 25, 2007, there were no borrowings outstanding under the revolving tranche of the amended credit facility as the $96.4 million used above was repaid.
 
Senior Notes due 2012
 
On November 17, 2006, the Company repurchased in the open market $50.0 million of its outstanding $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 12.25% senior notes due 2012 with the Company’s existing cash and cash equivalents.


72


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
On September 19, 2007, the Company commenced a cash tender offer for its remaining $525.0 million aggregate principal amount of the notes. On October 18, 2007, the Company repurchased $506.2 million, or 96.4%, of the aggregate principal amount of the notes outstanding for a total cash consideration of $566.9 million, consisting of the accrued and unpaid interest, prepayment premiums, tender offer consideration, applicable consent payments and other fees and expenses. The total cash consideration was paid using the proceeds of $346.4 million under the amended credit facility plus $220.5 million of cash on hand. Additionally, the Company wrote off $10.6 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and any applicable discounts or premiums relating to the purchase and extinguishment of these notes. In connection with the tender offer, the Company sought and received consent to amend the indenture under which the notes were issued to eliminate or make less restrictive most of the restrictive covenants, and certain related events of default, contained in the indenture.
 
The notes became callable on December 15, 2007. On March 25, 2008, the Company redeemed the remaining $18.8 million face amount of the notes, excluding discount, for a total cash consideration of $20.6 million, consisting of accrued and unpaid interest, and other fees and expenses. The total cash consideration was paid using cash on hand.
 
The notes were 10-year notes maturing on December 15, 2012, bearing interest at 12.25% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on December 15 and June 15. The original notes were offered at a net discount of $3.7 million, which was amortized over the term of the notes using an approximate effective-interest rate method. Costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses associated with the original notes of $18.4 million were amortized over the term of the notes to interest expense.
 
Euro Notes due 2013
 
On March 11, 2005, the Company issued €150.0 million in notes to qualified institutional buyers. These notes are unsecured obligations that rank equally with all of the Company’s other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. These notes mature on April 1, 2013, and bear interest at 8.625% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1. Starting on April 1, 2009, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the notes, at once or over time, at redemption prices specified in the indenture governing the notes, after giving the required notice under the indenture. In addition, at any time prior to April 1, 2008, the Company may redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes with the proceeds of one or more public equity offerings at a redemption price of 108.625% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. These notes were offered at par. Costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses of $5.3 million are amortized over the term of the notes to interest expense.
 
Exchange offer.  In June 2005, after a required exchange offer, all but €2.0 million of the €150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the notes were exchanged for new notes on identical terms, except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act.
 
Covenants.  The indenture governing the 2013 Euro notes contains covenants that limit the Company and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional debt; pay dividends or make other restricted payments; consummate specified asset sales; enter into transactions with affiliates; incur liens; impose restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make payments to the Company and its subsidiaries; merge or consolidate with any other person; and sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or its subsidiaries’ assets.
 
Covenant suspension.  If these notes receive and maintain an investment grade rating by both Standard and Poor’s and Moody’s and the Company and its subsidiaries are and remain in compliance with the indenture, then the Company and its subsidiaries will not be required to comply with specified covenants contained in the indenture. These specified covenants were in effect at November 30, 2008, and will remain so until such time as the Company obtains the required investment grade rating.


73


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Asset sales.  The indenture governing these notes provides that the Company’s asset sales must be at fair market value and the consideration must consist of at least 75% cash or cash equivalents or the assumption of liabilities. The Company must use the net proceeds from the asset sale within 360 days after receipt either to repay bank debt, with an equivalent permanent reduction in the available commitment in the case of a repayment under the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility, or to invest in additional assets in a business related to the Company’s business. To the extent proceeds not so used within the time period exceed $10.0 million, the Company is required to make an offer to purchase outstanding notes at par plus accrued an unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.
 
Change in control.  If the Company experiences a change in control as defined in the indenture governing the notes, then the Company will be required under the indenture to make an offer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.
 
Events of default.  The indenture governing these notes contains customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, failure to pay interest after a 30-day grace period, failure to comply with the merger, consolidation and sale of property covenant, failure to comply with other covenants in the indenture for a period of 30 days after notice given to the Company, failure to satisfy certain judgments in excess of $25.0 million after a 30-day grace period, and certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization. The indenture also contains a cross-acceleration event of default that applies if debt of the Company or any restricted subsidiary in excess of $25.0 million is accelerated or is not paid when due at final maturity.
 
Use of proceeds — Tender offer and redemption of 2008 notes.  In March 2005, the Company purchased pursuant to a tender offer $270.0 million and €89.0 million in principal amount tendered of its then-existing 2008 notes. The Company subsequently redeemed all remaining 2008 notes in April 2005. Both the tender offer and redemption were funded with the proceeds from the issuance of the 2012 floating rate notes and the 2013 Euro notes. The remaining proceeds of $35.2 million and use of $12.6 million of the Company’s existing cash and cash equivalents were used to pay the fees, expenses and premiums payable in connection with the March 2005 offering, the tender offer and the redemption. The Company paid $33.9 million in tender premiums and other fees and expenses and wrote off $9.2 million of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs related to this tender offer and redemption.
 
Senior Unsecured Term Loan
 
On March 27, 2007, the Company entered into a senior unsecured term loan agreement. The term loan consists of a single borrowing of $325.0 million, net of a 0.75% discount to the lenders. On April 4, 2007, the Company borrowed the maximum available of $322.6 million under the term loan and used the borrowings plus cash on hand of $66.4 million to redeem all of its outstanding $380.0 million floating rate senior notes due 2012 and to pay related redemption premiums, transaction fees and expenses, and accrued interest of $9.0 million. The term loan matures on April 4, 2014, and bears interest at 2.25% over LIBOR or 1.25% over the base rate. The term loan may not be prepaid during the first year but thereafter may be prepaid without premium or penalty.
 
The covenants, events of default, asset sale, change of control, covenant suspension and other terms of the term loan are comparable to those contained in the indentures governing the Company’s 2013 Euro notes described above.
 
Senior Notes due 2015
 
Principal, interest and maturity.  On December 22, 2004, the Company issued $450.0 million in notes to qualified institutional buyers. These notes are unsecured obligations that rank equally with all of the Company’s other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. They are 10-year notes maturing on January 15, 2015, and bear interest at 9.75% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15. The Company


74


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
may redeem some or all of the notes prior to January 15, 2010, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and a “make-whole” premium. Thereafter, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the notes, at once or over time, at redemption prices specified in the indenture governing the notes, after giving the required notice under the indenture. Costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses of $10.3 million are amortized over the term of the notes to interest expense.
 
During the third quarter of 2008, the Company repurchased $3.8 million of these notes on the open market for a net gain of $0.2 million.
 
Use of proceeds — Tender offer and repurchase of senior notes due 2006.  In December 2004, the Company commenced a cash tender offer for the outstanding principal amount of all of its then-existing senior unsecured notes due 2006. The tender offer expired January 12, 2005. The Company purchased pursuant to the tender offer $372.1 million in principal amount of its $450.0 million principal amount of the 2006 notes, using $372.1 million of the gross proceeds of the issuance of the 2015 notes. The Company used the remaining proceeds to repay the remaining 2006 notes at maturity on November 1, 2006. The Company paid $19.7 million in tender premiums and other fees and expenses with the Company’s existing cash and cash equivalents and wrote off $3.3 million of unamortized debt discount and issuance costs related to this tender offer.
 
Exchange offer.  In June 2005, after a required exchange offer, all but $50,000 of the $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of the notes were exchanged for new notes on identical terms, except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act.
 
The covenants, events of default, asset sale, change of control, covenant suspension and other terms of the notes are comparable to those contained in the indentures governing the Company’s 2013 Euro notes described above.
 
Additional Euro Senior Notes due 2013 and Senior Notes due 2016
 
Additional Euro senior notes due 2013.  On March 17, 2006, the Company issued an additional €100.0 million in Euro senior notes due 2013 to qualified institutional buyers. These notes have the same terms and are part of the same series as the €150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Euro-denominated 8.625% senior notes due 2013 the Company issued in March 2005. These notes were offered at a premium of 3.5%, or $4.2 million, which original issuance premium will be amortized over the term of the notes. Costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses of $2.8 million are being amortized over the term of the notes to interest expense.
 
Exchange offer.  In July 2006, after a required exchange offer, €100.7 million of the remaining €102.0 million unregistered 2013 Euro notes (which includes €2.0 million of unregistered 2013 Euro notes from the March 2005 offering) were exchanged for new notes on identical terms, except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act.
 
Senior notes due 2016.  On March 17, 2006, the Company issued $350.0 million in notes to qualified institutional buyers. These notes are unsecured obligations that rank equally with all of the Company’s other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt. They are 10-year notes maturing on April 1, 2016, and bear interest at 8.875% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1. The Company may redeem these notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to April 1, 2011, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption and a “make-whole” premium. Starting on April 1, 2011, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the notes, at once or over time, at redemption prices specified in the indenture governing the notes, after giving the required notice under the indenture. In addition, at any time prior to April 1, 2009, the Company may redeem up to and including 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes (including additional notes, if any) with the proceeds of one or more public equity offerings at a redemption price of 108.875% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the


75


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
date of redemption. These notes were offered at par. Costs representing underwriting fees and other expenses of $8.0 million are being amortized over the term of the notes to interest expense.
 
The covenants, events of default, asset sale, change of control, covenant suspension and other terms of the notes are comparable to those contained in the indentures governing the Company’s 2013 Euro notes described above.
 
Exchange offer.  In July 2006, after a required exchange offer, all of the 2016 notes were exchanged for new notes on identical terms, except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act.
 
Use of proceeds — Prepayment of term loan.  In March 2006, the Company used the proceeds of the additional 2013 Euro notes and the 2016 notes plus cash on hand to prepay the remaining balance of then existing senior secured term loan of $488.8 million.
 
Yen-denominated Eurobonds
 
In 1996, the Company issued ¥20 billion principal amount Eurobonds (equivalent to approximately $180.0 million at the time of issuance) due in November 2016, with interest payable at 4.25% per annum. The bond is redeemable at the option of the Company at a make-whole redemption price.
 
The agreement governing these bonds contains customary events of default and restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries and future subsidiaries to incur liens; engage in sale and leaseback transactions and engage in mergers and sales of assets. The agreement contains a cross-acceleration event of default that applies if any of the Company’s debt in excess of $25.0 million is accelerated and the debt is not discharged or acceleration rescinded within 30 days after the Company’s receipt of a notice of default from the fiscal agent or from the holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the bond.
 
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
 
For the year ended November 25, 2007, the Company recorded a loss of $63.8 million on early extinguishment of debt as a result of its redemption of its floating rate senior notes due 2012 during the second quarter of 2007 and its repurchase of $506.2 million of its 12.25% senior notes due 2012 during the fourth quarter of 2007. The 2007 losses were comprised of prepayment premiums, tender offer consideration, applicable consent payments and other fees and expenses of $46.7 million and the write-off of $17.1 million of unamortized capitalized costs and debt discount.
 
For the year ended November 26, 2006, the Company recorded losses of $40.3 million on early extinguishment of debt primarily as a result of its prepayment in March 2006 of the remaining balance of its term loan of $488.8 million, the amendment in May 2006 of its senior secured revolving credit facility and open market repurchases of $50.0 million of its 2012 senior unsecured notes in November 2006. The 2006 losses were comprised of prepayment premiums and other fees and expenses of $23.0 million and the write-off of $17.3 million of unamortized capitalized costs.


76


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Principal Payments on Short-term and Long-term Debt
 
The table below sets forth, as of November 30, 2008, the Company’s required aggregate short-term and long-term debt principal payments (inclusive of premium and discount) for the next five fiscal years and thereafter.
 
         
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2009
  $ 91,214  
2010
     
2011
     
2012
    108,250  
2013
    324,520  
Thereafter
    1,329,223  
         
Total future debt principal payments
  $ 1,853,207  
         
 
Short-term Credit Lines and Standby Letters of Credit
 
The Company’s unused lines of credit under its senior secured revolving credit facility totaled $315.8 million at November 30, 2008, as the Company’s total availability of $410.3 million, based on the collateral levels discussed above, was reduced by $94.5 million of letters of credit and other credit usage allocated under the facility. Included in the $94.5 million of letters of credit on November 30, 2008, were $16.5 million of trade letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances, $11.9 million of other credit usage and $66.1 million of stand-by letters of credit with various international banks, of which $36.0 million serve as guarantees by the creditor banks to cover U.S. workers compensation claims and customs bonds. The Company pays fees on the standby letters of credit, and borrowings against the letters of credit are subject to interest at various rates.
 
Interest Rates on Borrowings
 
The Company’s weighted-average interest rate on average borrowings outstanding during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was 8.09%, 9.59% and 10.23%, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate on average borrowings outstanding includes the amortization of capitalized bank fees and underwriting fees, and excludes interest on obligations to participants under deferred compensation plans.
 
Dividends and Restrictions
 
The terms of certain of the indentures relating to the Company’s unsecured notes and its senior secured revolving credit facility agreement contain covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders. During 2008, the Company paid a one-time cash dividend of $50 million. For further information, see Note 16. As of November 30, 2008, and at the time the dividend was paid, the Company met the requirements of its debt instruments Subsidiaries of the Company that are not wholly-owned subsidiaries (the Company’s Japanese subsidiary was the only such subsidiary at November 30, 2008) are permitted under the indentures to pay dividends to all stockholders either on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis. There are no restrictions under the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility or its indentures on the transfer of the assets of the Company’s subsidiaries to the Company in the form of loans, advances or cash dividends without the consent of a third party.
 
Capital Leases
 
The Company has capital lease obligations, primarily comprised of two logistics services agreements in Europe with the same third party that includes machinery and equipment. The first agreement was renewed in 2008


77


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
and will run through March 2012. The second agreement includes an initial fixed term of approximately five years which runs through 2013 and provides for a renewal option.
 
The total cost of the Company’s capital lease assets and accumulated depreciation was $16.8 million and $8.9 million, respectively, as of November 30, 2008, and $16.7 million and $8.3 million, respectively, as of November 25, 2007.
 
The future minimum lease payments required under the Company’s capital leases and the present values of the future minimum lease payments as of November 30, 2008, were as follows:
 
         
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2009
  $ 1,887  
2010
    1,694  
2011
    1,583  
2012
    2,764  
2013
    378  
Thereafter
     
         
Total future minimum lease payments
    8,306  
Less: amount representing interest
    500  
         
Present value of future minimum lease payments
    7,806  
Current maturities
    1,623  
         
Long-term capital leases, less current maturities
  $ 6,183  
         
 
NOTE 6:   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
The following table presents the Company’s financial instruments that are carried at fair value.
 
                                 
    November 30, 2008     November 25,
 
          Fair Value Estimated Using     2007
 
    Fair Value     Level 1 inputs(1)     Level 2 inputs(2)     Fair Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Financial assets carried at fair value
                               
Rabbi trust assets
  $ 13,465     $ 13,465     $     $ 14,588  
Forward currency contracts
    10,211             10,211       1,027  
                                 
Total financial assets carried at fair value
  $ 23,676     $ 13,465     $ 10,211     $ 15,615  
                                 
Financial liabilities carried at fair value
                               
Forward currency contracts
  $ 5,225     $     $ 5,225     $ 7,280  
Interest rate swap
    1,454             1,454        
                                 
Total financial liabilities carried at fair value
  $ 6,679     $     $ 6,679     $ 7,280  
                                 
 
 
(1) Fair values estimated using Level 1 inputs, which consist of quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Rabbi trust assets consist of a diversified portfolio of equity, fixed income and other securities. See Note 15 for more information on rabbi trust assets.
 
(2) Fair values estimated using Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly and include among other things, quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are active or inactive as well as inputs other than quoted prices that are observable. For foreign currency contracts, inputs include foreign currency exchange and interest rates. For the interest rate swap, for which the Company’s fair value estimate incorporates discounted future cash flows using a forward curve mid-market pricing convention, inputs include LIBOR forward rates and credit default swap prices.


78


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
 
The following table presents the carrying value — including accrued interest as applicable — and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are carried at adjusted historical cost.
 
                                 
    November 30, 2008     November 25, 2007  
    Carrying
    Estimated
    Carrying
    Estimated
 
    Value     Fair Value(1)     Value     Fair Value(1)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Financial liabilities carried at adjusted historical cost
                               
Senior revolving credit facility
  $ 179,992     $ 149,541     $ 251,474     $ 248,974  
U.S. dollar notes
    818,029       477,583       840,445       827,086  
Euro notes
    329,169       151,900       378,705       361,384  
Senior term loan
    323,589       204,069       323,771       297,596  
Yen-denominated eurobond notes
    210,621       86,788       185,258       153,122  
Short-term and other borrowings
    20,943       20,943       10,776       10,776  
                                 
Total financial liabilities carried at adjusted historical cost
  $ 1,882,343     $ 1,090,824     $ 1,990,429     $ 1,898,938  
                                 
 
 
(1) Fair value estimate incorporates bid price quotes.
 
The decline in fair value of the Company’s long-term debt, as compared to its carrying value, is primarily due to changes in overall capital market conditions as demonstrated by lower liquidity in the markets, increases in credit spread, and decreases in bank lending activities, which result in investors moving from high yield securities to lower yield investment grade or U.S. Treasury securities in efforts to preserve capital.
 
NOTE 7:   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Operating Lease Commitments
 
The Company is obligated under operating leases for manufacturing, finishing and distribution facilities, office space, retail stores and equipment. At November 30, 2008, obligations for future minimum payments under operating leases were as follows:
 
         
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2009
  $ 96,437  
2010
    93,676  
2011
    87,470  
2012
    73,217  
2013
    42,919  
Thereafter
    112,481  
         
Total future minimum lease payments
  $ 506,200  
         
 
The amounts shown have not been reduced by estimated future income of $9.0 million from non-cancelable subleases, have not been increased by estimated future operating expense and property tax escalations. The amounts shown include amounts payable under leases affected by the Company’s reorganization initiatives described in Note 10, $4.4 million of which have been recorded as restructuring liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.


79


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
In general, leases relating to real estate include renewal options of up to approximately 20 years, except for the San Francisco headquarters office lease, which contains multiple renewal options of up to 71 years. Some leases contain escalation clauses relating to increases in operating costs. Certain operating leases provide the Company with an option to purchase the property after the initial lease term at the then prevailing market value. Rental expense for the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, was $128.2 million, $110.5 million and $91.8 million, respectively.
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
The Company uses derivative instruments to manage its exposure to foreign currencies. As of November 30, 2008, the Company had U.S. dollar forward currency contracts to buy $559.8 million and to sell $179.4 million against various foreign currencies. The Company also had Euro forward currency contracts to sell 14.5 million Euros ($18.6 million equivalent) against the British Pound. These contracts are at various exchange rates and expire at various dates through March 2010.
 
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the foreign exchange contracts. However, the Company believes that its exposures are appropriately diversified across counterparties and that these counterparties are creditworthy financial institutions. Accordingly, the Company does not anticipate nonperformance.
 
Other Contingencies
 
Wrongful termination litigation.  On April 14, 2003, two former employees of the Company’s tax department filed a complaint in the Superior Court of the State of California for San Francisco County in which they allege that they were wrongfully terminated in December 2002. Plaintiffs allege, among other things, that Levi Strauss & Co. engaged in a variety of fraudulent tax-motivated transactions over several years, that the Company manipulated tax reserves to inflate reported income and that the Company fraudulently failed to set appropriate valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. They also allege that, as a result of these and other tax-related transactions, the Company’s financial statements for several years violated generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations and are fraudulent and misleading, that reported net income for these years was overstated and that these various activities resulted in the Company paying excessive and improper bonuses to management for fiscal year 2002. Plaintiffs in this action further allege that they were instructed by the Company to withhold information concerning these matters from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Internal Revenue Service, that they refused to do so and, because of this refusal, they were wrongfully terminated. Plaintiffs seek a number of remedies, including compensatory and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, restitution, injunctive relief and any other relief the court may find proper.
 
On March 12, 2004, plaintiffs filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, Case No. C-04-01026. In this complaint, in addition to restating the allegations contained in the state complaint, plaintiffs assert that the Company violated Sections 1541A et seq. of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by taking adverse employment actions against plaintiffs in retaliation for plaintiffs’ lawful acts of compliance with the administrative reporting provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Plaintiffs seek a number of remedies, including compensatory damages, interest lost on all earnings and benefits, reinstatement, litigation costs, attorneys’ fees and any other relief that the court may find proper. The district court has now related this case to the securities class action (described below) styled In re: Levi Strauss & Co. Securities Litigation.


80


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
On December 7, 2004, plaintiffs requested and the Company agreed to, a stay of their state court action in order to first proceed with their action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, Case No. C-04-01026. Trial of plaintiffs’ Sarbanes-Oxley Act claim, plaintiffs’ defamation claim and the Company’s counter-claims was set for January 12, 2009. However, on November 3, 2008, the parties attended a court-ordered settlement conference and reached an agreement to settle all claims in this matter, including all state and federal claims. The amounts involved in the settlement are not material.
 
Class actions securities litigation.  On March 29, 2004, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, issued an order consolidating two putative bondholder class-actions (styled Orens v. Levi Strauss & Co., et al. and General Retirement System of the City of Detroit, et al. v. Levi Strauss & Co., et al.) against the Company, a former chief executive officer, a former chief financial officer, a former corporate controller, former and current directors and financial institutions alleged to have acted as its underwriters in connection with the Company’s April 6, 2001, and June 16, 2003, registered bond offerings. Additionally, the court appointed a lead plaintiff and approved the selection of lead counsel. The consolidated action is styled In re Levi Strauss & Co., Securities Litigation, Case No. C-03-05605 RMW (class action).
 
The action purports to be brought on behalf of purchasers of the Company’s bonds who made purchases pursuant or traceable to its prospectuses dated March 8, 2001, or April 28, 2003, or who purchased the Company’s bonds in the open market from January 10, 2001, to October 9, 2003. The action makes claims under the federal securities laws, including Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act and Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, relating to the Company’s SEC filings and other public statements. Specifically, the action alleges that certain of the Company’s financial statements and other public statements during this period materially overstated its net income and other financial results and were otherwise false and misleading, and that its public disclosures omitted to state that the Company made reserve adjustments that plaintiffs allege were improper. Plaintiffs contend that these statements and omissions caused the trading price of the Company’s bonds to be artificially inflated. Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages as well as other relief.
 
On September 11, 2007, the court in this matter dismissed the Section 10(b) and 20(a) claims and dismissed the tax fraud aspects of the Section 11 and 15 claims. The court also limited the plaintiff class on the Section 11 and 15 claims by eliminating from the class those bondholders who purchased the bonds in private offerings and then exchanged them for registered bonds in the subsequent exchange offer.
 
The parties entered into a settlement agreement on the remaining claims on July 12, 2008, and the court issued final approval of the settlement agreement on October 17, 2008. The amounts involved in the settlement are not material and the matter was fully concluded by the end of fiscal year 2008.
 
Other litigation.  In the ordinary course of business, the Company has various other pending cases involving contractual matters, employee-related matters, distribution questions, product liability claims, trademark infringement and other matters. The Company does not believe there are any of these pending legal proceedings that will have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
NOTE 8:   DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
 
The global scope of the Company’s business operations exposes it to the risk of fluctuations in foreign currency markets. The Company’s exposure is the result of certain product sourcing activities, some intercompany sales, foreign subsidiaries’ royalty payments, interest payments, earnings repatriations, net investment in foreign operations and funding activities. The Company’s foreign currency management objective is to mitigate the potential impact of currency fluctuations on the value of its U.S. dollar cash flows and to reduce the variability of certain cash flows at the subsidiary level. The Company actively manages certain forecasted foreign currency exposures.


81


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
The Company uses a centralized currency management operation to take advantage of potential opportunities to naturally offset foreign currency exposures against each other. For certain residual exposures, the Company may enter into various financial instruments including forward exchange and option contracts to hedge certain forecasted transactions as well as certain firm commitments, including third-party and intercompany royalty payments, sales, sourcing activities and interest payments. The Company manages the currency risk associated with certain forecasted cash flows periodically and only partially manages the timing mismatch between its forecasted exposures and the related financial instruments used to mitigate the currency risk.
 
Effective May 1, 2008, in order to mitigate a portion of its interest rate risk, the Company entered into a $100 million interest rate swap derivative to pay interest at a fixed-rate of approximately 3.2% and receive 3-month LIBOR variable rate interest payments quarterly through May 2010. As of November 30, 2008 the fair value of the interest rate swap is approximately $1.5 million and is included in “Accrued liabilities” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
The Company has not applied hedge accounting to its derivative transactions, except for certain forecasted intercompany royalty cash flows through the first quarter of 2007 and net investment hedging activities.
 
The table below provides an overview of the realized and unrealized gains and losses associated with foreign exchange management activities that are reported in the “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” section of “Stockholders’ deficit” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
                                 
    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)  
    November 30, 2008     November 25, 2007  
    Realized     Unrealized     Realized     Unrealized  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Cash flow hedge gains (losses)
  $     $     $     $ 38  
Net investment hedge gains (losses):
                               
Derivative instruments
    4,637             4,637        
Euro senior notes
          (10,870 )           (59,620 )
Yen-denominated Eurobond
          (14,892 )           (4,510 )
Cumulative income taxes
    (1,230 )     10,057       (1,230 )     24,874  
                                 
Total
  $ 3,407     $ (15,705 )   $ 3,407     $ (39,218 )
                                 
 
On February 23, 2007, the Company discontinued its cash flow hedge designation. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives after the de-designation were recognized in “Other income (expense), net.” Subsequent to that date, amounts in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” were reclassified to “Other income (expense), net,” as the related forecasted transactions affected earnings, through December 2007.
 
The Company designates its outstanding 2013 Euro senior notes and a portion of its outstanding Yen-denominated Eurobonds as net investment hedges. The fluctuation as compared to prior year was driven primarily by the weakening of the U.S. Dollar against the Japanese Yen and the appreciation of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro.


82


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
The table below provides data about the realized and unrealized gains and losses associated with foreign exchange management activities reported in “Other (income) expense, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Foreign exchange management losses (gains):
                       
Realized
  $ (53,499 )   $ 16,137     $ 10,695  
Unrealized
    (10,944 )     5,934       401  
                         
Total
  $ (64,443 )   $ 22,071     $ 11,096  
                         
 
Foreign exchange management gains during 2008 primarily relate to foreign exchange management positions taken to buy U.S. Dollar and sell Euro as the U.S. Dollar strengthened against the Euro in the second half of the year.
 
As of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, fair values of derivative instruments associated with the Company’s foreign exchange management activities were liabilities of $5.0 million and $6.3 million, respectively.
 
NOTE 9:   GUARANTEES
 
Guarantees.  See Note 5 regarding guarantees of the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility.
 
Indemnification agreements.  In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements containing indemnification provisions under which the Company agrees to indemnify the other party for specified claims and losses. For example, the Company’s trademark license agreements, real estate leases, consulting agreements, logistics outsourcing agreements, securities purchase agreements and credit agreements typically contain such provisions. This type of indemnification provision obligates the Company to pay certain amounts associated with claims brought against the other party as the result of trademark infringement, negligence or willful misconduct of Company employees, breach of contract by the Company including inaccuracy of representations and warranties, specified lawsuits in which the Company and the other party are co-defendants, product claims and other matters. These amounts generally are not readily quantifiable; the maximum possible liability or amount of potential payments that could arise out of an indemnification claim depends entirely on the specific facts and circumstances associated with the claim. The Company has insurance coverage that minimizes the potential exposure to certain of such claims. The Company also believes that the likelihood of substantial payment obligations under these agreements to third parties is low and that any such amounts would be immaterial.
 
Covenants.  The Company’s long-term debt agreements contain customary covenants restricting its activities as well as those of its subsidiaries, including limitations on its, and its subsidiaries’, ability to sell assets; engage in mergers; enter into capital leases or certain leases not in the ordinary course of business; enter into transactions involving related parties or derivatives; incur or prepay indebtedness or grant liens or negative pledges on its assets; make loans or other investments; pay dividends or repurchase stock or other securities; guaranty third-party obligations; make capital expenditures; and make changes in its corporate structure. For additional information see Note 5.
 
NOTE 10:   RESTRUCTURING LIABILITIES
 
The following describes the reorganization initiatives, including facility closures and organizational changes, associated with the Company’s restructuring liabilities as of November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006. In the table below, “Severance and employee benefits” relates to items such as severance packages, out-placement services and career counseling for employees affected by the closures and other reorganization initiatives. “Other restructuring costs” primarily relates to lease loss liability and facility closure


83


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
costs. “Asset impairment” relates to the write-down of assets to their estimated fair value. “Charges” represents the initial charge related to the restructuring activity. “Utilization” consists of payments for severance, employee benefits and other restructuring costs, the effect of foreign exchange differences and asset impairments. “Adjustments” includes revisions of estimates related to severance, employee benefits and other restructuring costs.
 
For the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, the Company recognized restructuring charges, net, of $8.2 million, $14.5 million and $14.1 million, respectively. The following tables summarize the restructuring activity for these years and the related restructuring liabilities balances as of November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, November 26, 2006, and November 27, 2005:
 
                                         
    2008 Restructuring Activities  
    Liabilities
                      Liabilities
 
    November 25,
                      November 30,
 
    2007     Charges     Utilization     Adjustments     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2008 reorganization initiatives:(1)
                                       
Severance and employee benefits
  $     $ 4,131     $ (3,306 )   $ (105 )   $ 720  
Other restructuring costs
          685       (409 )     (217 )     59  
Prior reorganization initiatives:(2)
                                       
Severance and employee benefits
    5,893       455       (4,440 )     (1,523 )     385  
Other restructuring costs
    7,512       665       (3,437 )     (17 )     4,723  
Asset impairment
          4,174       (4,174 )            
                                         
Total
  $ 13,405     $ 10,110     $ (15,766 )   $ (1,862 )   $ 5,887  
                                         
Current portion
  $ 8,783                             $ 2,428  
Long-term portion
    4,622                               3,459  
                                         
Total
  $ 13,405                             $ 5,887  
                                         
 
 
(1) In the first quarter of 2008, the Company decided to close its manufacturing facility in the Philippines and announced the decision on March 12, 2008. This closure resulted in the elimination of the jobs of approximately 252 employees, all of which were eliminated as of November 30, 2008. The Company does not expect to incur significant future additional restructuring charges related to this initiative.
 
In the second quarter of 2008, the Company decided to close its distribution facility in Italy and announced the decision on April 23, 2008. This closure resulted in the elimination of the jobs of approximately 15 employees, all of which were eliminated as of November 30, 2008. The Company expects to incur future additional restructuring charges related to this initiative of approximately $0.2 million, principally in the form of additional termination benefits and facility-related costs.
 
(2) Prior reorganization initiatives include organizational changes, distribution center closures and plant closures in 2003-2007, primarily in Europe and the Americas. Current period charges include an additional impairment charge of $4.2 million related to the Company’s closure and intent to sell its distribution center in Heusenstamm, Germany, that commenced in 2007, reflecting the write-down to revised fair value of the distribution center. The $1.5 million of adjustments primarily related to changes in severance and employee benefit estimates related to the distribution facility closure in Little Rock, Arkansas, and final agreements with individuals and the redeployment of one employee related to the closure of the distribution center in Heusenstamm, Germany. Of the $5.1 million restructuring liability at November 30, 2008, $4.7 million resulted from organizational changes in the United States and Europe that commenced in 2004. The liability for the 2004 activities primarily consists of lease loss liabilities. The Company estimates that it will incur future additional restructuring charges related to these prior reorganization initiatives of approximately $0.9 million.
 
                                           
    2007 Restructuring Activities  
    Liabilities
                        Liabilities
 
    November 26,
                        November 25,
 
    2006     Charges     Utilization     Adjustments       2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2007 and prior reorganization initiatives
  $ 20,747     $ 16,705     $ (21,800 )   $ (2,247 )     $ 13,405  
                                           


84


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Restructuring charges in 2007 relate primarily to severance costs and a $9.0 million impairment charge in association with the Company’s closure and intent to sell its distribution center in Heusenstamm, Germany.
 
                                           
    2006 Restructuring Activities  
    Liabilities
                        Liabilities
 
    November 27,
                        November 26,
 
    2005     Charges     Utilization     Adjustments       2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2006 and prior reorganization initiatives
  $ 22,655     $ 16,039     $ (16,057 )   $ (1,890 )     $ 20,747  
                                           
 
Restructuring charges in 2006 relate primarily to severance and employee benefit costs for activities associated with the closure of the Company’s distribution center in Little Rock, Arkansas, the reorganization of its Nordic operations and the decision to stop selling the Signature by Levi Strauss & Co.tm brand in Europe. The distribution center closure resulted in the elimination of the jobs of approximately 315 employees.
 
NOTE 11:   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
Pension plans.  The Company has several non-contributory defined benefit retirement plans covering eligible employees. Plan assets are invested in a diversified portfolio of securities including stocks, bonds, real estate investment funds and cash equivalents. Benefits payable under the plans are based on years of service, final average compensation, or both. The Company retains the right to amend, curtail or discontinue any aspect of the plans, subject to local regulations.
 
Deteriorating conditions in the global financial markets led to a substantial reduction in the fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets during 2008. Upon remeasurement of the Company’s U.S. pension plans’ benefit obligation as of November 30, 2008, the benefit obligation exceeded the related plan assets, resulting in an underfunded status for the U.S. plans, and eliminating the prepaid benefit cost previously reported.
 
Postretirement plans.  The Company maintains two plans that provide postretirement benefits, principally health care, to substantially all U.S. retirees and their qualified dependents. These plans were established with the intention that they would continue indefinitely. However, the Company retains the right to amend, curtail or discontinue any aspect of the plans at any time. The plans are contributory and contain certain cost-sharing features, such as deductibles and coinsurance. The Company’s policy is to fund postretirement benefits as claims and premiums are paid.


85


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
The following tables summarize activity of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans:
 
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 957,693     $ 1,049,773     $ 179,581     $ 203,831  
Service cost
    6,370       7,930       590       713  
Interest cost
    61,581       58,238       10,785       10,833  
Plan participants’ contribution
    1,456       1,384       6,691       7,063  
Actuarial (gain) loss(1)
    (90,340 )     (124,363 )     (17,334 )     (12,400 )
Net curtailment loss
    978       968       218       544  
Impact of foreign currency changes(2)
    (32,062 )     16,743              
Plan settlements
    (5,127 )     (460 )            
Special termination benefits
    36       164              
Benefits paid
    (59,902 )     (52,684 )     (29,434 )     (31,003 )
                                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 840,683     $ 957,693     $ 151,097     $ 179,581  
                                 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 883,566     $ 838,764     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets(3)
    (213,486 )     71,136              
Employer contribution
    18,260       12,611       22,743       23,940  
Plan participants’ contributions
    1,456       1,384       6,691       7,063  
Plan settlements
    (5,127 )     (460 )            
Impact of foreign currency changes(2)
    (23,155 )     12,815              
Benefits paid
    (59,902 )     (52,684 )     (29,434 )     (31,003 )
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    601,612       883,566              
                                 
Funded status at end of year
  $ (239,071 )   $ (74,127 )   $ (151,097 )   $ (179,581 )
                                 
 
 
(1) Actuarial (gains) and losses in the Company’s pension benefit obligation were driven by changes in discount rate assumptions, primarily for the Company’s U.S. pension plans.
 
(2) Foreign currency changes primarily relate to the impact of the appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Great British Pound and the Euro during 2008.
 
(3) 2008 amount reflects decline in fair value of pension plan assets, primarily related to the Company’s U.S. pension plans.


86


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
 
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, consist of the following:
 
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Prepaid benefit cost(1)
  $ 2,337     $ 74,027     $     $  
Accrued benefit liability — current portion
    (7,852 )     (9,877 )     (20,874 )     (22,134 )
Accrued benefit liability — long-term portion
    (233,556 )     (138,277 )     (130,223 )     (157,447 )
                                 
    $ (239,071 )   $ (74,127 )   $ (151,097 )   $ (179,581 )
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Net actuarial loss
  $ (207,979 )   $ (24,517 )   $ (27,872 )   $ (49,166 )
Net prior service (cost) benefit
    (346 )     (737 )     117,587       165,154  
Net transition obligation
          (231 )            
                                 
    $ (208,325 )   $ (25,485 )   $ 89,715     $ 115,988  
                                 
 
 
(1) Included in “Other assets” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The decrease in prepaid benefit cost in 2008 as compared to 2007 was driven by the decline in the fair value of the pension plan assets.
 
The Company’s pension and postretirement liabilities reflected on the consolidated balance sheets as of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, consist of the following:
 
                                 
    Pension Liability     Postretirement Liability  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Current portion of SFAS 87/106 plans
  $ 7,852     $ 9,877     $ 20,874     $ 22,134  
Current portion of other benefit plans
    1,992       1,505              
                                 
Total current benefit plans
  $ 9,844     $ 11,382     $ 20,874     $ 22,134  
                                 
Long-term portion of SFAS 87/106 plans
  $ 233,556     $ 138,277     $ 130,223     $ 157,447  
Long-term portion of other benefit plans
    7,145       9,140              
                                 
Total long-term benefit plans
  $ 240,701     $ 147,417     $ 130,223     $ 157,447  
                                 
 
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit plans was $0.8 billion and $0.9 billion at November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, respectively. Information for the Company’s defined benefit plans with an accumulated or projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:
 
                 
    Pension Benefits  
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
               
Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 795,598     $ 188,621  
Aggregate fair value of plan assets
    579,918       68,820  
Projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
               
Aggregate projected benefit obligation
  $ 821,326     $ 254,177  
Aggregate fair value of plan assets
    579,918       106,530  


87


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
Amounts in the table above increased in 2008 primarily due to the inclusion of the Company’s U.S. pension plans as compared to prior year, as the reduction of the fair value of the pension plan assets in 2008 resulted in those plans’ benefit obligations exceeding plan assets.
 
The components of the Company’s net periodic benefit cost (income) were as follows:
 
                                                 
    Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net periodic benefit cost (income):
                                               
Service cost
  $ 6,370     $ 7,930     $ 7,536     $ 590     $ 713     $ 769  
Interest cost
    61,581       58,237       56,709       10,785       10,833       12,411  
Expected return on plan assets
    (62,847 )     (60,252 )     (53,082 )                  
Amortization of prior service cost (benefit)(1)
    857       3,614       1,311       (41,405 )     (45,726 )     (55,109 )
Amortization of transition asset
    231       491       571                    
Amortization of actuarial loss
    577       6,059       6,747       3,960       4,682       6,089  
Curtailment loss (gain)(2)
    782       1,188       7,699       (5,944 )     (52,763 )     (29,041 )
Special termination benefit
    36       164       1,110                   500  
Net settlement (gain) loss(3)
    (65 )     55       5,098                    
                                                 
Net periodic benefit cost (income)
    7,522     $ 17,486     $ 33,699       (32,014 )   $ (82,261 )   $ (64,381 )
                                                 
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
Actuarial loss (gain)(4)
    184,375                       (17,334 )                
Amortization of prior service (cost) benefit
    (857 )                     41,405                  
Amortization of transition asset
    (231 )                                      
Amortization of actuarial loss
    (577 )                     (3,960 )                
Curtailment (loss) gain
    (83 )                     6,162                  
Net settlement gain
    214                                        
                                                 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    182,841                       26,273                  
                                                 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost (income) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 190,363                     $ (5,741 )                
                                                 
 
 
(1) Postretirement benefits amortization of prior service benefit recognized during each of years 2008, 2007 and 2006, relates primarily to the favorable impact of the February 2004 and August 2003 plan amendments.
 
(2) The pension benefit curtailment loss recognized during 2006 relates primarily to a $5.4 million charge in respect of the supplemental executive retirement plan as a result of the retirement of the Company’s then president and chief executive officer, Philip A. Marineau. Postretirement benefit curtailment gains are described in detail below.
 
In 2007, the Company entered into a new labor agreement with the union that represents many of its distribution-related employees in North America, which contained a voluntary separation and buyout program. As a result of the voluntary terminations that occurred with this program, the Company remeasured certain pension and postretirement benefit obligations as of July 31, 2007, which resulted in an estimated $31.7 million postretirement benefit curtailment gain, attributable to the accelerated recognition of benefits associated with prior plan


88


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
changes. Of the total $31.7 million, $27.5 million was recognized during 2007 related to employees that elected the buyout and left the Company. The remaining curtailment gain of $4.2 million was recognized in 2008.
 
As a result of the 2006 closure of and job reductions related to the Company’s facility in Little Rock, Arkansas, the Company recognized a $54.3 million curtailment gain attributable to the accelerated recognition of prior service benefit associated with prior plan amendments. Of the curtailment gain, $25.3 million and $29.0 million were recognized during 2007 and 2006, respectively, as the related employees terminated. See Note 10 for more information on the facility closure.
 
(3) For the year ended November 26, 2006, amount primarily consists of net loss from the settlement of liabilities of certain participants in the Company’s hourly and salary pension plans in Canada as a result of prior plant closures.
 
(4) Reflects the impact of the substantial decline in the fair value of the pension plan assets.
 
The estimated net loss and net prior service benefit for the Company’s defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans, respectively, that will be amortized from “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” into net periodic benefit cost (income) in 2009 are expected to be a cost of $18 million and a benefit of $40 million, respectively.
 
Assumptions used in accounting for the Company’s benefit plans were as follows:
 
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:
                               
Discount rate
    6.7 %     5.6 %     6.4 %     5.6 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    7.4 %     7.3 %                
Rate of compensation increase
    4.0 %     3.9 %                
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:
                               
Discount rate
    7.5 %     6.7 %     7.9 %     6.4 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.0 %     4.0 %                
Assumed health care cost trend rates were as follows:
                               
Health care trend rate assumed for next year
                    9.0 %     10.0 %
Rate trend to which the cost trend is assumed to decline
                    5.0 %     5.0 %
Year that rate reaches the ultimate trend rate(1)
                    2020       2012  
 
 
(1) Change as compared to prior year had no significant effect on the total service and interest cost components or on the postretirement benefit obligation.
 
The Company utilized a bond pricing model comprised of U.S. AA corporate bonds that was tailored to the attributes of its pension and postretirement plans to determine the appropriate discount rate to use for its U.S. benefit plans. The Company utilized a variety of country-specific third-party bond indices to determine appropriate discount rates to use for benefit plans of its foreign subsidiaries.
 
The Company bases the overall expected long-term rate of return on assets on anticipated long-term returns of individual asset classes and each pension plans’ target asset allocation strategy. For the U.S. pension plans, the expected long-term returns for each asset class are determined through an equilibrium-based econometric forecasting process conditioned with some near-term bond yield curve characteristics.
 
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s postretirement benefits plans. A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have no significant effect on the total service and interest cost components or on the postretirement benefit obligation.


89


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
The allocation of the Company’s consolidated pension plan assets, by asset category was as follows:
 
                 
    November 30,
    November 25,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Equity securities
    51.1 %     46.0 %
Debt securities
    44.2 %     43.4 %
Real estate and other
    4.7 %     10.6 %
                 
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
                 
 
Consolidated pension plan assets relate primarily to the U.S. pension plans. The Company utilizes the services of independent third-party investment managers to oversee the management of U.S. pension plan assets. The Company’s investment strategy is to invest plan assets in a diversified portfolio of domestic and international equity, fixed income and real estate and other securities with the objective of generating long-term growth in plan assets at a reasonable level of risk. The current target allocation percentages for the Company’s U.S. pension plan assets are 46-47% for equity securities, 45-46% for fixed income securities, and 4% for real estate and other investments.
 
The Company’s estimated future benefit payments to participants, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are anticipated to be paid as follows:
 
                         
    Pension
    Postretirement
       
Fiscal year
  Benefits     Benefits     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
2009
  $ 50,962     $ 22,926     $ 73,888  
2010
    50,520       22,700       73,220  
2011
    50,490       22,186       72,676  
2012
    53,333       21,354       74,687  
2013
    54,567       20,075       74,642  
2014-2018
    306,848       82,990       389,838  
 
The Company estimates Medicare subsidy receipts of approximately $2.0 million, $2.4 million, $2.7 million, $3.1 million, $3.4 million, and $20.5 million in fiscal years ending 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and next five years thereafter, respectively. Accordingly, the Company’s net contributions to the pension and postretirement plans in 2009 are estimated to be approximately $15.8 million and $20.9 million, respectively. The Company does not anticipate any voluntary funding of its qualified U.S. pension plans in 2009. The Company expects its minimum pension plan funding requirements to increase in future years as a result of the substantial decline in market value of the plan assets in 2008.
 
NOTE 12:   EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT PLANS
 
The Company maintained two employee investment plans as of November 30, 2008. The Employee Savings and Investment Plan of Levi Strauss & Co. (“ESIP”) and the Levi Strauss & Co. Employee Long-Term Investment and Savings Plan (“ELTIS”) are two qualified plans that cover eligible home office employees and U.S. field employees, respectively.
 
The Company matches 100% of ESIP participant’s contributions to all funds maintained under the qualified plan up to the first 7.5% of eligible compensation. Under ELTIS, the Company may match 50% of participants’ contributions to all funds maintained under the qualified plan up to the first 10% of eligible compensation. Employees are immediately 100% vested in the Company match. The Company matched eligible employee contributions in ELTIS at 50% for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006. The ESIP includes a profit sharing feature that provides Company contributions of


90


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
1.0%-2.5% of home office employee eligible pay if the Company meets its earnings target or exceeds it by 10%. The ELTIS also includes a profit sharing provision with payments made at the sole discretion of the board of directors.
 
Total amounts charged to expense for the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, were $11.0 million, $10.2 million and $9.5 million, respectively.
 
NOTE 13:   EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS
 
Annual Incentive Plan
 
The Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) provides a cash bonus that is earned based upon business unit and consolidated financial results as measured against pre-established internal targets and upon the performance and job level of the individual. The majority of the Company’s employees are eligible for this plan. Total amounts charged to expense for the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, were $41.1 million, $42.4 million and $64.9 million, respectively. As of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, the Company had accrued $44.3 million and $45.9 million, respectively, for the AIP.
 
Long-Term Incentive Plans
 
2006 Equity incentive plan and 2005 Senior executive long-term incentive plan.  In July 2006, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) adopted, and the stockholders approved, the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”). In 2005, the Company established the Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (“SELTIP”). The SELTIP was established to provide long-term incentive compensation for the Company’s senior management. For more information on these plans, see Note 14.
 
2005 Long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”).  The Company established a long-term cash incentive plan effective at the beginning of 2005. Executive officers are not participants in this plan. The plan is intended to reward management for its long-term impact on total Company earnings performance. Performance will be measured at the end of a three-year period based on the Company’s performance over the period measured against the following pre-established targets: (i) the Company’s target earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), excluding business restructuring charges, for the three-year period; and (ii) the target compound annual growth rate in the Company’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization over the three-year period. Individual target amounts are set for each participant based on job level. Awards will be paid out in the quarter following the end of the three-year period based on Company performance against objectives. In 2007 and 2006, additional grants of LTIP awards were made with the same terms as the 2005 grant with the exception of the Company’s target earnings measures. The 2007 and 2006 grants’ earnings measures are the Company’s three-year cumulative earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”), excluding business restructuring charges, and the EBIT compound annual growth rate over the three-year period. In 2008, additional grants of LTIP awards were made based on two target measures: net revenue compound annual growth rate and EBIT compound annual growth rate, excluding business restructuring charges, over a three-year period.
 
The Company recorded expense for the LTIP of $4.1 million, $5.1 million and $19.6 million for the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, respectively. As of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, the Company had accrued a total of $12.7 million and $34.4 million, respectively, for the LTIP, of which $7.2 million and $26.6 million were recorded in “Accrued salaries, wages and benefits” as of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, respectively, and $5.5 million and $7.8 million were recorded in “Long-term employee related benefits” as November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, respectively, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
2005 Management incentive plan (“MIP”).  In 2005, the Company established a two-year cash incentive plan for the Company’s management employees including its executive officers. The MIP covered approximately


91


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
1,000 employees worldwide. The amount of the cash incentive earned was based on the Company’s EBITDA performance in 2005 and 2006. Incentive amounts were paid in two portions: the first payout was made in February 2006 based on achievement of the Company’s 2005 total company EBITDA target, and the second payout was made in February 2007 based on total company performance against the incentive plan’s two-year cumulative EBITDA and EBITDA growth targets. The Company recorded expense for the MIP of $13.7 million for the year ended November 26, 2006.
 
NOTE 14:   STOCK-BASED INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS
 
During 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123R. For the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $7.3 million, $5.1 million and $5.0 million, and related income tax benefits of $2.8 million, $2.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively. As of November 30, 2008, there was $10.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested awards, which cost is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. No stock-based compensation cost has been capitalized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
2006 Equity Incentive Plan
 
In 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”). A variety of stock awards, including stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) may be made under the EIP. The Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the grant of performance awards in the form of cash or equity. In fiscal 2007, the Company amended the EIP, increasing the aggregate number of common stock shares available for grant from 418,175 to 700,000 share units, provided, however, that this number automatically adjusts upward to the extent necessary to satisfy the exercise of SARs and RSUs under the terms of the EIP.
 
Under the EIP, stock and performance option awards have a maximum contractual term of ten years and generally must have an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the award is granted. The Company’s common stock is not listed on any established stock exchange. Accordingly, as contemplated by the EIP, the stock’s fair market value is determined by the Board based upon a valuation performed by Evercore. Awards vest according to terms determined at the time of grant and which may vary with each grant. Unvested stock awards are subject to forfeiture upon termination of employment prior to vesting, but are subject in some cases to early vesting upon specified events, including certain corporate transactions as defined in the EIP. Some stock awards are payable in either shares of the Company’s common stock or cash at the discretion of the Board as determined at the time of grant.
 
Upon the exercise of a SAR, the participant will receive a voting trust certificate representing a share of common stock in an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of the per share fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised. Recipients of the initial grant of RSUs will receive one voting trust certificate representing a share of the Company’s common stock six months after discontinuation of service with the Company for each fully vested unit held at that date. Subsequent grants of RSUs, provide recipients with the opportunity to make deferral elections regarding when the Company’s common stock are to be delivered in settlement of vested RSUs. If the recipient does not elect to defer the receipt of common stock, then the RSUs are immediately converted upon vesting. The RSUs additionally have “dividend equivalent rights”, of which dividends paid by the Company on its common stock are credited by the equivalent addition of RSUs.
 
Shares of common stock will be issued from the Company’s authorized but unissued shares. Any repurchased shares would go back to the treasury for re-issuance.
 
Put rights.  Prior to an initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Company’s common stock, a participant (or estate or other beneficiary of a deceased participant) may require the Company to repurchase shares of the common stock


92


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
held by the participant at then-current fair market value (a “put right”). Put rights may be exercised only with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock that have been held by a participant for at least six months following their issuance date, thus exposing the holder to the risk and rewards of ownership for a reasonable period of time. Accordingly, the SARs and RSUs are classified as equity awards, and are accounted for in “Stockholders’ deficit” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
Call rights.  Prior to an IPO, the Company also has the right to repurchase shares of its common stock represented by the voting trust certificate held by a participant (or estate or other beneficiary of a deceased participant, or other permitted transferee) at then-current fair market value (a “call right”). Call rights run with an award and any shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the award. If the award or common stock is transferred to another person, that person is subject to the call right. As with the put rights, call rights may be exercised only with respect to shares of common stock that have been held by a participant for at least six months following their issuance date.
 
Temporary equity.  The provisions of SAB 107 require that equity-classified awards that may be settled in cash at the option of the holder must be presented on the balance sheet outside permanent equity. Accordingly, “Temporary equity” on the face of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets represents the portion of the intrinsic value of these awards relating to the elapsed service period since the grant date. The decrease in temporary equity during the year ended November 30, 2008, was primarily due to decrease in the fair value of the Company’s common stock.
 
SARs.  The Company grants SARs to a small group of the Company’s senior-most executives. SAR unit activity during the year ended November 30, 2008, was as follows:
 
                         
                Weighted-Average
 
          Weighted-Average
    Remaining
 
    Units     Exercise Price     Contractual Life (Yrs)  
 
Outstanding at November 25, 2007
    1,639,856     $ 48.11          
Granted
    41,898       50.00          
Exercised
                   
Forfeited
    (256,923 )     48.12          
Expired
    (10,122 )     42.00          
                         
Outstanding at November 30, 2008
    1,414,709     $ 48.20       4.8  
                         
Vested and expected to vest at November 30, 2008
    1,312,194     $ 47.75       4.7  
                         
Exercisable at November 30, 2008
    677,601     $ 46.23       4.2  
                         
 
The vesting terms of SARs range from two-and-a-half to four years, and have maximum contractual lives ranging from six-and-a-half to ten years.


93


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of SARs were estimated using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. The weighted-average grant date fair values and corresponding weighted-average assumptions used in the model were as follows:
 
                         
    SARs Granted  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Weighted-average grant date fair value
  $ 18.26     $ 24.79     $ 13.92  
Weighted-average assumptions:
                       
Expected life (in years)
    4.5       5.5       4.2  
Expected volatility
    39.0 %     31.8 %     30.7 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.7 %     4.7 %     5.1 %
 
RSUs.  The Company grants RSUs to certain members of its Board of Directors. RSU unit activity during the year ended November 30, 2008, was as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted-Average
 
          Grant-Date
 
    Units     Fair Value  
 
Outstanding at November 25, 2007
    10,301     $ 68.00  
Granted
    27,159       44.50  
Converted
           
Forfeited
    (3,768 )     53.05  
                 
Outstanding, vested and expected to vest at November 30, 2008
    33,692     $ 50.73  
                 
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs were estimated using the Evercore stock valuation. The weighted-average grant date fair values were as follows:
 
                 
    RSUs Granted  
    2008     2007  
 
Weighted-average grant date fair value
  $ 44.50     $ 68.00  
 
RSUs vest in a series of three equal installments at thirteen months, twenty-four months and thirty-six months following the date of grant. However, if the recipient’s continuous service terminates for reason other than cause after the first vesting installment, but prior to full vesting, then the remaining unvested portion of the award becomes fully vested as of the date of such termination.
 
Total Shareholder Return Plan
 
In 2008, the Company established the Total Shareholder Return Plan (“TSRP”) as a cash-settled plan under the EIP to provide long-term incentive compensation for the Company’s senior management. The TSRP provides for grants of units that vest over a three-year performance period. The value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, and the values used to determine appreciation and payouts, were approved by the Board based on the Evercore stock valuation. These values do not incorporate any discount related to the illiquid nature of the Company’s stock. Unvested units are subject to forfeiture upon termination of employment with cause, but are subject in some cases to early vesting upon specified events, including termination of employment without cause as defined in the agreement. Under SFAS 123R, the TSRP units are classified as liability instruments as they are settled in cash.


94


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
During 2008, the Company granted 378,600 and 13,650 TSRP units at a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $50.00 and $43.50, respectively, using the value of the Company’s common stock at the date of each grant. After forfeiture of 25,200 units, as of November 30, 2008, 367,050 units were nonvested and outstanding. The fair value of the TSRP units at November 30, 2008, was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following assumptions: an expected life of 2.1 years, an expected volatility of 66.8% and a risk-free interest rate of 1.0%.
 
Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
In 2005, the Company established the SELTIP to provide long-term incentive compensation for the Company’s senior management. The Company’s executive officers and non-employee members of the Board were eligible to participate in the SELTIP. The SELTIP provided for a one-time grant of units that vested over three years and was payable in cash. The value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, and the values used to determine appreciation and payouts, were approved by the Board and took into account the Evercore stock valuation. These values did not incorporate any discount related to the illiquid nature of the Company’s stock. Unvested units were subject to forfeiture upon termination of employment with cause, but were subject in some cases to early vesting upon specified events, including termination of employment without cause as defined in the agreement. Under SFAS 123R, the SELTIP units were classified as liability instruments as they were settled in cash.
 
The value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant was $54. The fair value of the SELTIP units at November 26, 2006, was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following assumptions: an expected life of 0.6 years, an expected volatility of 30.7% and a risk-free interest rate of 5.1%. The fair value per unit of the fully vested SELTIP units at November 25, 2007, was $13, representing the amount payable to participants in 2008 for each vested unit based on the Evercore 2007 year-end stock valuation.
 
A summary of unit activity under the SELTIP for the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, were as follows:
 
                 
          Amount
 
    Units     Paid  
          (Dollars in millions)  
 
Outstanding at November 26, 2006
    196,504          
Forfeited
    (20,000 )        
Paid(1)
    (83,334 )   $ 1.2  
                 
Outstanding at November 25, 2007
    93,170          
Forfeited
    (7,500 )        
Paid
    (85,670 )   $ 1.2  
                 
Outstanding at November 30, 2008
             
                 
 
 
(1) Amount paid in 2007 to Mr. Philip A. Marineau, the Company’s former CEO, due to his retirement on November 26, 2006.
 
After the payout of the vested units in 2008, the plan terminated.


95


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
NOTE 15:   LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE RELATED BENEFITS
 
The liability for long-term employee related benefits was comprised of the following:
 
                 
    November 30,
    November 25,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Workers’ compensation
  $ 28,722     $ 34,499  
Deferred compensation
    53,023       71,404  
Non-current portion of liabilities for long-term incentive plans
    5,959       7,807  
                 
Total
  $ 87,704     $ 113,710  
                 
 
Workers’ Compensation
 
The Company maintains a workers’ compensation program in the United States that provides for statutory benefits arising from work-related employee injuries. For the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, the Company reduced its self-insurance liabilities for workers’ compensation claims by $4.3 million, $8.1 million and $13.8 million, respectively. The reductions were primarily driven by changes in the Company’s estimated future claims payments as a result of more favorable than projected actual claims development during the year. As of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, the current portions of U.S. workers’ compensation liabilities were $3.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively, and were included in “Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
Deferred Compensation
 
Deferred compensation plan for executives and outside directors, established January 1, 2003.  The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for executives and outside directors that was established on January 1, 2003. The deferred compensation plan obligations are payable in cash upon retirement, termination of employment and/or certain other times in a lump-sum distribution or in installments, as elected by the participant in accordance with the plan. As of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, these plan liabilities totaled $12.1 million and $15.4 million, respectively, of which $2.7 million and $0.5 million was included in “Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits” as of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, respectively. The Company held funds of approximately $13.5 million and $14.6 million in an irrevocable grantor’s rabbi trust as of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, respectively, related to this plan.
 
Deferred compensation plan for executives, prior to January 1, 2003.  The Company also maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain management employees relating to compensation deferrals for the period prior to January 1, 2003. The rabbi trust is not a feature of this plan. As of November 30, 2008, and November 25, 2007, liabilities for this plan totaled $57.1 million and $68.8 million, respectively, of which $13.6 million and $12.3 million, respectively, was included in “Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
Interest earned by the participants in deferred compensation plans was $5.0 million, $8.6 million and $12.0 million for the years ended November 30, 2008, November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, respectively. The charges were included in “Interest expense” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.


96


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
NOTE 16:   DIVIDEND PAYMENT
 
In the second quarter of 2008 the Company paid a one-time cash dividend of $50 million. The declaration of cash dividends in the future is subject to determination by the Company’s Board of Directors based on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial condition and compliance with the terms of its debt agreements. The dividend payment resulted in a decrease to “Additional paid-in capital” as the Company is in a accumulated deficit position (see Stockholders’ Deficit section in Note 1 for further information.)
 
NOTE 17:   ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is summarized below:
 
                                                 
          Translation Adjustments           Unrealized
       
    Pension and
    Net
    Foreign
    Cash
    Gain (Loss) on
       
    Postretirement
    Investment
    Currency
    Flow
    Marketable
       
    Benefits     Hedges     Translation     Hedges     Securities(4)     Totals  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 27, 2005
  $ (95,247 )   $ 13,231     $ (31,093 )   $     $ 324     $ (112,785 )
                                                 
Gross changes
    10,749       (31,807 )     6,404       (2,217 )     1,956       (14,915 )
Tax
    (3,678 )     12,169       (5,670 )     848       (748 )     2,921  
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    7,071       (19,638 )     734       (1,369 )     1,208       (11,994 )
                                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 26, 2006
    (88,176 )     (6,407 )     (30,359 )     (1,369 )     1,532       (124,779 )
                                                 
Gross changes(1)
    128,635       (48,258 )     21,542       2,255       (2,325 )     101,849  
Tax
    (47,837 )     18,831       (12,856 )     (863 )     891       (41,834 )
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    80,798       (29,427 )     8,686       1,392       (1,434 )     60,015  
                                                 
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158(2)
    72,805                                       72,805  
                                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 25, 2007
    65,427       (35,834 )     (21,673 )     23       98       8,041  
                                                 
Gross changes(3)
    (209,114 )     38,369       (26,395 )     (37 )     (6,691 )     (203,868 )
Tax
    75,526       (14,832 )     4,592       14       2,612       67,912  
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    (133,588 )     23,537       (21,803 )     (23 )     (4,079 )     (135,956 )
                                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at November 30, 2008
  $ (68,161 )   $ (12,297 )   $ (43,476 )   $     $ (3,981 )   $ (127,915 )
                                                 
 
 
(1) Amounts in 2007 primarily reflect the impact to the minimum pension liability resulting from the remeasurement of certain pension obligations resulting from the Little Rock, Arkansas, facility closure and the voluntary terminations associated with the 2007 labor agreement. See Note 11 for more information.
 
(2) Reflects the Company’s adoption of SFAS 158 in 2008, which required recognition of the funded status of pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans on the consolidated balance sheet and to measure plan assets and the benefit obligations as of the balance sheet date.
 
(3) Pension and postretirement benefit amounts in 2008 primarily resulted from the actuarial loss recorded in conjunction with the 2008 year-end remeasurement of pension benefit obligations, and was primarily driven by reductions in the fair value of the pension plan assets. See Note 11 for more information.
 
(4) Reflects unrealized loss on rabbi trust assets. See Note 15 for more information.


97


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
 
NOTE 18:   OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE, NET
 
The following table summarizes significant components of “Other (income) expense, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Foreign exchange management (gains) losses(1)
  $ (64,443 )   $ 22,071     $ 11,096  
Foreign currency transaction losses (gains)(2)
    71,752       (20,608 )     (16,970 )
Interest income
    (5,167 )     (12,434 )     (15,621 )
Investment income
    (1,354 )     (3,574 )     (2,047 )
Minority interest — Levi Strauss Japan K.K. 
    1,097       909       1,718  
Other
    (485 )     (502 )     (594 )
                         
Total other (income) expense, net
  $ 1,400     $ (14,138 )   $ (22,418 )
                         
 
 
(1) The foreign exchange management gains in 2008 as compared to the losses in 2007 reflect the impact of foreign currency fluctuation on the Company’s forward exchange and option contracts, primarily the appreciation of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro in the second half of 2008.
 
The increase in foreign exchange management losses in 2007 as compared to 2006 primarily reflects the weakening of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro, the Canadian Dollar and the Japanese Yen.
 
(2) The foreign currency transaction losses in 2008 as compared to the gains in 2007 primarily reflects the weakening of the U.S. Dollar against the Japanese Yen in the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
NOTE 19:   RELATED PARTIES
 
Directors
 
Robert D. Haas, a director and Chairman Emeritus of the Company, is the President of the Levi Strauss Foundation, which is not a consolidated entity of the Company. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company donated $14.8 million, $0.7 million and $6.8 million, respectively, to the Levi Strauss Foundation.
 
Stephen C. Neal, a director, is chairman of the law firm Cooley Godward Kronish LLP. James C. Gaither, a director of the Company until July 2006, was senior counsel to the firm prior to 2004. The firm provided legal services to the Company and to the Human Resources Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors in 2008, 2007 and 2006, for which the Company paid fees of approximately $180,000, $195,000 and $465,000, respectively.
 
Vanessa J. Castagna, a director of the Company since October 2007, is a former employee of Mervyns LLC, a position she left in February 2007. The Company had net sales to Mervyns LLC in the amount of approximately $144 million from the beginning of fiscal 2006 through the first quarter of 2007, after which Ms. Castagna was no longer an employee of Mervyns LLC.
 
Robert E. Friedman, a director of the Company until July 2006, is founder and chairman of the board of the Corporation for Enterprise Development, a not-for-profit organization focused on creating economic opportunity by helping residents of poor communities. In 2006, the Levi Strauss Foundation, which is not a consolidated entity of the Company, donated $150,000 to the Corporation for Enterprise Development.


98


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
NOTE 20:   BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
Effective as of the beginning of 2008, the Company’s reporting segments were revised as follows: the Company’s Central and South American markets were combined with the Company’s North America region which was renamed the Americas and the Company’s Turkey, Middle East and North Africa markets were combined with the Company’s region in Europe; all of these markets were previously managed by the Company’s Asia Pacific region. The Company revised its business segment information for prior years to conform to the new presentation.
 
Each regional segment is managed by a senior executive who reports directly to the chief operating decision maker: the Company’s chief executive officer. The Company’s management, including the chief operating decision maker, manages business operations, evaluates performance and allocates resources based on the regional segments’ net revenues and operating income. The Company reports net trade receivables and inventories by segment as that information is used by the chief operating decision maker in assessing segment performance. The Company’s other assets by segment are not used by the chief operating decision maker in assessing segment performance.
 
Business segment information for the Company was as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net revenues:
                       
Americas
  $ 2,476,370     $ 2,581,271     $ 2,570,113  
Europe
    1,195,596       1,099,674       969,249  
Asia Pacific
    728,948       681,154       653,585  
Corporate
          (1,170 )      
                         
Total net revenues
  $ 4,400,914     $ 4,360,929     $ 4,192,947  
                         
Operating income:
                       
Americas
  $ 346,855     $ 403,252     $ 412,667  
Europe
    257,941       236,904       214,244  
Asia Pacific
    99,526       95,262       109,961  
                         
Regional operating income
    704,322       735,418       736,872  
Corporate:
                       
Restructuring charges, net
    8,248       14,458       14,149  
Postretirement benefit plan curtailment gains
    (5,944 )     (52,763 )     (29,041 )
Other corporate staff costs and expenses
    176,946       132,682       138,105  
                         
Total corporate
    179,250       94,377       123,213  
                         
Total operating income
    525,072       641,041       613,659  
Interest expense
    154,086       215,715       250,637  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    1,417       63,838       40,278  
Other (income) expense, net
    1,400       (14,138 )     (22,418 )
                         
Income before income taxes
  $ 368,169     $ 375,626     $ 345,162  
                         
 


99


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
                                         
    November 30, 2008  
                Asia
             
    Americas     Europe     Pacific     Other     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Assets:
                                       
Trade receivables, net
  $ 309,904     $ 132,328     $ 83,538     $ 20,704     $ 546,474  
Inventories
    277,910       159,861       105,379       (476 )     542,674  
Other
                      1,687,727       1,687,727  
                                         
Total assets
                                  $ 2,776,875  
                                         
 
                                         
    November 25, 2007  
                Asia
             
    Americas     Europe     Pacific     Other     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Assets:
                                       
Trade receivables, net
  $ 375,069     $ 145,497     $ 67,367     $ 19,102     $ 607,035  
Inventories
    244,677       167,922       104,376       (1,111 )     515,864  
Other
                      1,727,767       1,727,767  
                                         
Total assets
                                  $ 2,850,666  
                                         
 
Geographic information for the Company was as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended  
    November 30,
    November 25,
    November 26,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net revenues:
                       
United States
  $ 2,197,968     $ 2,321,561     $ 2,326,913  
Foreign countries
    2,202,946       2,039,368       1,866,034  
                         
Total net revenues
  $ 4,400,914     $ 4,360,929     $ 4,192,947  
                         
 
                     
    November 30,
    November 25,
     
    2008     2007      
    (Dollars in thousands)      
 
Long-lived assets:
                   
United States
  $ 273,761     $ 300,513                
Foreign countries
    155,836       164,642      
                     
Total long-lived assets
  $ 429,597     $ 465,155      
                     

100


Table of Contents

 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 2008, NOVEMBER 25, 2007, AND NOVEMBER 26, 2006
 
NOTE 21:   QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
Set forth below are the consolidated statements of income for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
Year Ended November 30, 2008
  Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net sales
  $ 1,060,920     $ 915,090     $ 1,088,384     $ 1,238,681  
Licensing revenue
    21,948       21,247       22,409       32,235  
                                 
Net revenues
    1,082,868       936,337       1,110,793       1,270,916  
Cost of goods sold
    537,669       498,938       578,294       646,211  
                                 
Gross profit
    545,199       437,399       532,499       624,705  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    356,431       385,484       385,262       479,305  
Restructuring charges, net of reversals
    2,222       156       3,344       2,526  
                                 
Operating income
    186,546       51,759       143,893       142,874  
Interest expense
    40,680       41,070       37,305       35,031  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    30       1,488       (101 )      
Other (income) expense, net
    (3,909 )     8,108       (14,216 )     11,417  
                                 
Income before taxes
    149,745       1,093       120,905       96,426  
Income tax expense
    52,638       392       51,740       34,114  
                                 
Net income
  $ 97,107     $ 701     $ 69,165     $ 62,312  
                                 
 
                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
Year Ended November 25, 2007
  Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Net sales
  $ 1,016,299     $ 997,323     $ 1,031,702     $ 1,220,784  
Licensing revenue
    21,106       19,037       19,466       35,212  
                                 
Net revenues
    1,037,405       1,016,360       1,051,168       1,255,996  
Cost of goods sold
    539,790       553,233       564,957       660,903  
                                 
Gross profit
    497,615       463,127       486,211       595,093  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    295,562       344,792       343,389       402,804  
Restructuring charges, net of reversals
    12,815       66       (579 )     2,156  
                                 
Operating income
    189,238       118,269       143,401       190,133  
Interest expense
    57,725       55,777       53,142       49,071  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    30       14,299       35       49,474  
Other (income) expense, net
    (13,588 )     (4,306 )     172       3,584  
                                 
Income before taxes
    145,071       52,499       90,052       88,004  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    58,436       6,784       29,158       (179,137 )
                                 
Net income
  $ 86,635     $ 45,715     $ 60,894     $ 267,141  
                                 


101


Table of Contents

Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
With the approval of our audit committee, KPMG LLP was dismissed as our principal independent accountants effective upon the completion of their audit of our financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended November 26, 2006, and the issuance of their report thereon. During the two fiscal years ended November 26, 2006, and the subsequent interim period through February 12, 2007, there were no disagreements with KPMG LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to the satisfaction of KPMG LLP would have caused them to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement.
 
KPMG LLP has provided us with a letter stating that they agree that there were no such disagreements during the two fiscal years ended November 26, 2006, and the subsequent interim period through February 12, 2007, and we filed a copy of such letter under cover of Form 8-K/A within the time periods prescribed by the SEC.
 
On February 9, 2007, we engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our new principal independent accountants. During our 2005 and 2006 fiscal years and the subsequent interim period through February 9, 2007, we did not consult with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP regarding either:
 
(i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, nor did PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP provide written or oral advice to us that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or
 
(ii) any matter that was either the subject of a “disagreement” (as defined in Regulation S-K Item 304(a)(1)(iv) and the related instructions), or a “reportable event” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).
 
Item 9A(T).   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedure
 
As of November 30, 2008, we updated our evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures for purposes of filing reports under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). This controls evaluation was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our chief executive officer and our interim chief financial officer. Our chief executive officer and our interim chief financial officer have concluded that at November 30, 2008, our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information relating to us and our subsidiaries that we are required to disclose in the reports that we file or submit to the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and interim chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting
 
We maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that our books and records accurately reflect our transactions and that our established policies and procedures are followed. Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of November 30, 2008. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the


102


Table of Contents

Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework.
 
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit us to provide management’s report in this Annual Report. Under those rules, we will not be required to include the attestation report until the 2010 fiscal year end. We expect to meet these requirements.
 
Changes in Internal Controls
 
There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting during our last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
We are currently implementing an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system on a staged basis in our subsidiaries around the world. We implemented the ERP system in several subsidiaries in our Asia Pacific region prior to fiscal 2008 and, during our second quarter of 2008, in the United States. Our U.S. implementation resulted in a material update to our system of internal control over financial reporting in the second quarter, and issues encountered subsequent to implementation caused us to further revise our internal control process and procedures in order to correct and supplement our processing capabilities within the new system in that quarter. Throughout the ERP system stabilization period, which was substantially complete by November 30, 2008, we continued to improve and enhance our system of internal control over financial reporting. We plan to implement the ERP system in other subsidiaries in the coming years and we believe that the ERP system will simplify and strengthen our system of internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.


103


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
Item 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
The following provides information about our directors and executive officers as of February 2, 2009. In addition to the list below, the Board of Directors elected Martin P. Coles as a new member of the Board, effective February 5, 2009.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
T. Gary Rogers(2)
    66     Chairman of the Board of Directors
R. John Anderson
    57     Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Robert D. Haas(1)(2)
    66     Director, Chairman Emeritus
Vanessa J. Castagna(1)(4)
    59     Director
Peter A. Georgescu(3)(4)
    69     Director
Peter E. Haas Jr.(1)(4)
    61     Director
Richard L. Kauffman(2)(3)
    53     Director
Leon J. Level(2)(3)
    68     Director
Stephen C. Neal(2)(4)
    59     Director
Patricia Salas Pineda(1)(4)
    57     Director
Beng (Aaron) Keong Boey
    47     Interim President, Levi Strauss Asia Pacific
Armin Broger
    47     Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Europe
Robert L. Hanson
    45     Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Americas
Hilary K. Krane
    45     General Counsel and Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs
David Love
    46     Senior Vice President and Chief Supply Chain Officer
Heidi L. Manes
    37     Vice President, Controller and Interim Chief Financial Officer
Lawrence W. Ruff
    52     Senior Vice President, Strategy and Worldwide Marketing
Cathleen L. Unruh
    60     Senior Vice President, Worldwide Human Resources
 
 
(1) Member, Human Resources Committee.
 
(2) Member, Finance Committee.
 
(3) Member, Audit Committee.
 
(4) Member, Nominating and Governance Committee.
 
Members of the Haas family are descendants of the family of our founder, Levi Strauss. Peter E. Haas Jr. is a cousin of Robert D. Haas.
 
T. Gary Rogers, a director since 1998 and our Chairman since February 8, 2008, was most recently Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Dreyer’s Grand Ice Cream, Inc., a manufacturer and marketer of premium and super-premium ice cream and frozen dessert products. He held that position from 1977 until the end of 2007. He serves as the Chairman of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco and as a director of Shorenstein Company, L.P. and Stanislaus Food Products.
 
R. John Anderson, our President and Chief Executive Officer since November 2006, previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since July 2006, President of our Global Supply Chain Organization since 2004 and Senior Vice President and President of our Asia Pacific region since 1998. He joined us in 1979. Mr. Anderson served as General Manager of Levi Strauss Canada and as President of Levi Strauss Canada and Latin America from 1996 to 1998. He has held a series of merchandising positions with us in Europe and the United States, including Vice President, Merchandising and Product Development for the Levi’s brand in 1995. Mr. Anderson also served as interim President of Levi Strauss Europe from 2003 to 2004.


104


Table of Contents

Robert D. Haas, a director since 1980, was named Chairman Emeritus in February 2008. He served as Chairman of our Board from 1989 until February 2008. Mr. Haas joined us in 1973 and served in a variety of marketing, planning and operating positions including serving as our Chief Executive Officer from 1984 to 1999.
 
Vanessa J. Castagna, a director since 2007, led Mervyns LLC department stores as its executive chairwoman of the board from 2005 until early 2007. Prior to Mervyns LLC, Ms. Castagna served as chairman and chief executive officer of JC Penney Stores, Catalog and Internet from 2002 through 2004. She joined JC Penney in 1999 as chief operating officer, and was both president and Chief Operating Officer of JC Penney Stores, Catalog and Internet in 2001.
 
Martin P. Coles became a director on February 5, 2009. Mr. Coles joined Starbucks in April 2004 as president, Starbucks Coffee International, and, in July 2008, reassumed and currently holds this role, after having served as chief operating officer from September 2007 to July 2008. Prior to joining Starbucks, Mr. Coles served as President and CEO of Reebok International, Ltd., a sports and fitness products company, from December 2001 to February 2004. Prior to joining Reebok International, Ltd., Mr. Coles held several executive level sales and operations positions with NIKE Inc., Letsbuyit.com, Gateway, Inc. and Procter & Gamble.
 
Peter A. Georgescu, a director since 2000, is Chairman Emeritus of Young & Rubicam Inc., a global advertising agency. Prior to his retirement in 2000, Mr. Georgescu served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Young & Rubicam since 1993 and, prior to that, as President of Y&R Inc. from 1990 to 1993, Y&R Advertising from 1986 to 1990 and President of its Young & Rubicam international division from 1982 to 1986. Mr. Georgescu is currently a director of International Flavors & Fragrances Inc.
 
Peter E. Haas Jr., a director since 1985, is a director or trustee of each of the Levi Strauss Foundation, Red Tab Foundation, Joanne and Peter Haas Jr. Fund, Walter and Elise Haas Fund and the Novato Youth Center Honorary Board. Mr. Haas was one of our managers from 1972 to 1989. He was Director of Product Integrity of The Jeans Company, one of our former operating units, from 1984 to 1989. He served as Director of Materials Management for Levi Strauss USA in 1982 and Vice President and General Manager in the Menswear Division in 1980.
 
Richard L. Kauffman, a director since October 1, 2008, is currently the Chief Executive Officer and President of Good Energies, Inc. a global investment firm focusing on renewable energy and energy efficiencies, a position he has held since 2006. Previously, Mr. Kauffman was a Managing Director of Goldman Sachs, where he also held positions as the chairman of the Global Financing Group and a member of the firm’s Partnership Committee, Commitments Committee and Investment Banking Division Operating Committee. Before joining Goldman Sachs in 2004, he was a vice chairman of Morgan Stanley’s Institutional Securities Business and co-head of its Banking Department and, prior to that, vice chairman and a member of the European Executive Committee of Morgan Stanley International since 1993. Mr. Kauffman is also currently a director of Q-Cells AG, and sits on the boards of several nonprofit organizations, including The Brookings Institution.
 
Leon J. Level, a director since 2005, is a former vice president and director of Computer Sciences Corporation, a leading global information technology services company. Mr. Level held ascending and varied financial management and executive positions at Computer Sciences Corporation (Chief Financial Officer from 1989 to 2006), Unisys Corporation (Corporate Vice President, Treasurer and Chairman of Unisys Finance Corporation), Burroughs Corporation (Vice President, Treasurer), The Bendix Corporation (Executive Director and Assistant Corporate Controller) and Deloitte, Haskins & Sells (now Deloitte & Touche). Mr. Level is also a director of UTi Worldwide Inc.
 
Stephen C. Neal, a director since 2007, is the chairman of the law firm Cooley Godward Kronish LLP. He was also chief executive officer of the firm until January 1, 2008. In addition to his extensive experience as a trial lawyer on a broad range of corporate issues, Mr. Neal has represented and advised numerous boards of directors, special committees of boards and individual directors on corporate governance and other legal matters. Prior to joining Cooley Godward in 1995 and becoming CEO in 2001, Mr. Neal was a partner of the law firm Kirkland & Ellis.
 
Patricia Salas Pineda, a director since 1991, is currently Group Vice President, National Philanthropy and the Toyota USA Foundation for Toyota Motor North America, Inc. (“TMA”), an affiliate of one of the world’s largest automotive firms. Ms. Pineda joined TMA in 2004 as Group Vice President of Corporate Communications and General Counsel. Prior to joining Toyota Motor North America, Inc., Ms. Pineda was Vice President of Legal,


105


Table of Contents

Human Resources and Government Relations and Corporate Secretary of New United Motor Manufacturing, Inc. with which she was associated since 1984. She is currently an advisory trustee of the RAND Corporation and a director of Anna’s Linens.
 
Aaron Boey became Interim President, Levi Strauss Asia Pacific in October 2008. Previously, Mr. Boey was Regional Managing Director in our Asia Pacific business from 2005. Prior to joining LS&CO., Mr. Boey was Regional Managing Director for Jacuzzi, Inc. from 2003 until he joined us.
 
Armin Broger joined us as Senior Vice President and President, Levi Strauss Europe in 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Broger was Chief Executive Officer for the European business of 7 For All Mankind, a jeans marketer, from 2004 to 2006. From 2000 to 2004, he was the Chief Operating Officer in Europe of Tommy Hilfiger, an apparel marketer. Mr. Broger has also held positions with Diesel, The Walt Disney Company and Bain & Company.
 
Robert L. Hanson is our Senior Vice President and President of Levi Strauss Americas. He became president of the North America business in 2006. Previously, Mr. Hanson was President and Commercial General Manager of the U.S. Levi’s® brand and U.S. Supply Chain Services since 2005, and President and General Manager of the U.S. Levi’s® brand since 2001. Mr. Hanson was President of the Levi’s® brand in Europe from 1998 to 2000. He began his career with us in 1988, holding executive-level advertising, marketing and business development positions in both the Levi’s® and Dockers® brands in the United States before taking his first position in Europe.
 
Hilary K. Krane, our General Counsel and Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs, joined us in 2006. From 1994 to 2005, Ms. Krane held a variety of positions at PricewaterhouseCoopers, one of the world’s leading accounting firms, including Primary Legal Counsel to the U.S. Advisory Practice and, most recently, Assistant General Counsel and Partner. Prior to joining PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ms. Krane was a litigation associate in the law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in Chicago.
 
David Love became our Senior Vice President and Chief Supply Chain Officer in 2004 and is responsible for development, sourcing and delivery of our products worldwide. Prior to assuming this role, Mr. Love was Vice President of our U.S. Supply Chain organization from 2001 to 2004 and Senior Director of Product Services for the U.S. Levi’s® brand from 1999 to 2001. He began his career with us in 1981.
 
Heidi L. Manes, our Interim Chief Financial Officer since August 2008, has been our Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer since 2006. Prior to that, she served as Assistant Corporate Controller from 2004, as Controller of Levi Strauss North America from 2003 to 2004, and as Assistant Controller of Levi Strauss North America from 2002 to 2003. Prior to her employment with us, Ms. Manes held the position of Senior Manager at KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.
 
Lawrence W. Ruff has been our Senior Vice President, Strategy and Worldwide Marketing and Global Marketing Officer since 2004. Mr. Ruff previously was Senior Vice President, Strategy and Commercial Development from 2003 to 2004 and Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing Services from 1999 to 2003. He joined us in 1987. From 1987 to 1996, he held a variety of marketing positions in the United States and Europe. He served as Vice President, Marketing and Development for Levi Strauss Europe, Middle East and Africa from 1996 to 1999 when he became Vice President, Global Marketing.
 
Cathleen L. Unruh, Senior Vice President, Worldwide Human Resources, rejoined us in 2007. Ms. Unruh first joined LS&CO. in 1983. During her first 20 years with us, she held numerous regional and global human resources leadership roles in the United States and Europe. In 2004, Ms. Unruh joined Gap Inc. initially as Vice President — Human Resources for the Corporate Staff groups, and culminating in her role as Vice President — Human Resources for Gap International.
 
Our Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors currently has 11 members. Our board is divided into three classes with directors elected for overlapping three-year terms. The term for directors in Class III (Mr. Anderson, Ms. Pineda and Mr. Rogers) will end at our annual stockholders’ meeting in 2010. The term for directors in Class I (Mr. Georgescu, Mr. R.D. Haas, Mr. Level and Mr. Neal) will end at our annual stockholders’ meeting in 2011. The term for directors in Class II


106


Table of Contents

(Ms. Castagna, Mr. P. E. Haas Jr., Mr. Kauffman and Mr. Coles) will end at our annual stockholders’ meeting in 2012.
 
Committees.  Our board of directors has four committees.
 
  •  Audit.  Our audit committee provides assistance to the board in the board’s oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, financial reporting processes, internal controls systems and compliance with legal requirements. The committee meets with our management regularly to discuss our critical accounting policies, internal controls and financial reporting process and our financial reports to the public. The committee also meets with our independent registered public accounting firm and with our financial personnel and internal auditors regarding these matters. The committee also examines the independence and performance of our internal auditors and our independent registered public accounting firm. The committee has sole and direct authority to engage, appoint, evaluate and replace our independent auditor. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and our internal auditors regularly meet privately with this committee and have unrestricted access to the committee. The audit committee held nine meetings during 2008.
 
—  Members: Mr. Level (Chair), Mr. Georgescu and Mr. Kauffman.
 
Mr. Level is our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under SEC rules. We believe that the composition of our audit committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee complies with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and SEC rules and regulations.
 
  •  Finance.  Our finance committee provides assistance to the board in the board’s oversight of our financial condition and management, financing strategies and execution and relationships with stockholders, creditors and other members of the financial community. The finance committee held one meeting in 2008 and otherwise acted by unanimous written consent.
 
—  Members: Mr. Rogers (Chair), Mr. R.D. Haas, Mr. Kauffman, Mr. Level and Mr. Neal.
 
  •  Human Resources.  Our human resources committee provides assistance to the board in the board’s oversight of our compensation, benefits and human resources programs and of senior management performance, composition and compensation. The committee reviews our compensation objectives and performance against those objectives, reviews market conditions and practices and our strategy and processes for making compensation decisions and approves (or, in the case of our chief executive officer, recommends to the Board) the annual and long term compensation for our executive officers, including our long term incentive compensation plans. The committee also reviews our succession planning, diversity and benefit plans. The human resources committee held five meetings in 2008.
 
—  Members: Ms. Pineda (Chair), Ms. Castagna, Mr. P.E. Haas Jr. and Mr. R.D. Haas.
 
  •  Nominating and Governance.  Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for identifying qualified candidates for our board of directors and making recommendations regarding the size and composition of the board. In addition, the committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance matters, reporting and making recommendations to the board concerning corporate governance matters, reviewing the performance of our chairman and chief executive officer and determining director compensation. The nominating and governance committee held three meetings in 2008.
 
—  Members: Mr. Georgescu (Chair), Ms. Castagna, Mr. Neal, Mr. P.E. Haas Jr. and Ms. Pineda.
 
Worldwide Code of Business Conduct
 
We have a Worldwide Code of Business Conduct which applies to all of our directors and employees, including the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the controller and our other senior financial officers. The Worldwide Code of Business Conduct covers a number of topics including:
 
  •  accounting practices and financial communications;
 
  •  conflicts of interest;


107


Table of Contents

 
  •  confidentiality;
 
  •  corporate opportunities;
 
  •  insider trading; and
 
  •  compliance with laws.
 
A copy of the Worldwide Code of Business Conduct is an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Item 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
LS&CO.’s compensation policies and programs are designed to support the achievement of our strategic business plans by attracting, retaining and motivating exceptional talent. Our ability to compete effectively in the marketplace depends on the knowledge, capabilities and integrity of our leaders. Our compensation programs help create a high-performance, outcome-driven and principled culture by holding leaders accountable for delivering results, developing our employees and exemplifying our core values of empathy, originality, integrity and courage.
 
The Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the “HR Committee”) is responsible for fulfilling the Board’s obligation to oversee executive compensation practices at LS&CO. Each year, the HR Committee conducts a review of LS&CO.’s compensation and benefits programs to ensure that the programs are aligned with the Company’s business strategies, the competitive practices of our peer companies and our stockholders’ interests.
 
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
 
LS&CO.’s executive compensation philosophy focuses on the following key goals:
 
  •  Attract, motivate and retain high performing talent in an extremely competitive marketplace
 
  •  Our ability to achieve our strategic business plans and compete effectively in the marketplace is based on our ability to attract, motivate and retain exceptional leadership talent in a highly competitive talent market.
 
  •  Deliver competitive compensation for competitive results
 
  •  The Company provides competitive total compensation opportunities that are intended to attract, motivate and retain a highly capable and results-driven executive team, with the majority of compensation based on the achievements of performance results.
 
  •  Align the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders
 
  •  LS&CO. programs offer compensation incentives designed to motivate executives to enhance total stockholder return. These programs align certain elements of compensation with our achievement of corporate growth objectives (including defined financial targets and increases in stockholder value) as well as individual performance.
 
Policies and Practices for Establishing Compensation Packages
 
Establishing the elements of compensation
 
The HR Committee establishes the elements of compensation for our named executive officers after an extensive review of market data on the executives from the peer group described below. The HR Committee reviews each element of compensation independently and in the aggregate to determine the right mix of elements, and associated amounts, for each named executive officer.
 
A consistent approach is used for all named executive officers when setting each compensation element. However, the HR Committee, and the Board for the CEO, maintains flexibility to exercise its independent judgment in how it applies the standard approach to each executive, taking into account unique considerations existing at an


108


Table of Contents

executive’s time of hire, or the current and future estimated value of previously granted long-term incentives relative to individual performance.
 
Competitive peer group
 
In determining the design and the amount of each element of compensation, the HR Committee conducts a thorough annual review of competitive market information. The HR Committee references data provided by Hewitt Associates concerning 31 peer companies in the consumer products, apparel and retail industry segments. The HR Committee also references data from the Apparel Industry Compensation Survey published by ICR/Salary.com for commercial positions. The peer group is representative of the types of companies LS&CO. competes with for executive talent, which is the primary consideration for inclusion in the peer group. Revenue size and other financial measures, such as cash flow and profit margin, are secondary considerations in selecting the peer companies.
 
The peer group used in establishing our named executive officers’ 2008 compensation packages was:
 
     
Company Name
 
Abercrombie & Fitch Co. 
  LVMH Moët Hennessy Louis Vuitton Inc
Alberto-Culver Company
  Mattel, Inc.
AnnTaylor Stores Corporation
  The Neiman-Marcus Group, Inc.
Avon Products, Inc. 
  NIKE, Inc.
The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. 
  Nordstrom, Inc.
Charming Shoppes, Inc. 
  Pacific Sunwear of California, Inc.
The Clorox Company
  J.C. Penney Company, Inc.
Colgate-Palmolive Company
  Phillips-Van Heusen Corporation
Eddie Bauer Holdings, Inc. 
  Retail Ventures, Inc.
The Gap, Inc. 
  Revlon Inc.
General Mills, Inc. 
  Sara Lee Corporation
Hasbro, Inc. 
  Whirlpool Corporation
Kellogg Company
  Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
Kimberly-Clark Corporation
  Wm. Wrigley Jr. Company
Kohl’s Corporation Limited Brands, Inc. 
  Yum! Brands Inc.
 
Establishing compensation for named executive officers other than the CEO
 
The HR Committee has established guidelines calling for annual cash compensation (base salary and target annual incentive bonus) levels of our named executive officers to be set near the median (50th percentile) of the peer companies, near the 75th percentile for long-term incentives and between the 50th — 75th percentiles for total compensation. These relative levels serve as a general guideline for compensation decisions and are consistent with our philosophy of deemphasizing annual cash compensation and focusing more heavily on long-term compensation.
 
The HR Committee approves all compensation decisions affecting the named executive officers (other than the CEO) based on recommendations provided by the CEO. The CEO conducts an annual performance review of each member of the executive leadership team against his or her annual objectives and reviews the relevant peer group data provided by the Human Resources staff. The CEO then develops a recommended compensation package for each executive. The HR Committee reviews the recommendations with the CEO and the Chairman, seeks advice from its consultant Hewitt Associates and approves or adjusts the recommendations as it deems appropriate. The HR Committee then reports on its decisions to the full Board.
 
Ms. Manes is serving as the Company’s Interim Chief Financial Officer as well as continuing in her role as Vice President, Controller. As such, the compensation guidelines and procedures established for our named executive officers as described here do not apply to her. Her compensation continues to be managed in a manner consistent with the guidelines for all other vice president and director level employees.


109


Table of Contents

Establishing the CEO compensation package
 
At the completion of each year, the Nominating and Governance Committee (the “N&G Committee”) assesses the CEO’s performance against annual objectives that were established jointly by the CEO and the N&G Committee at the beginning of that year. The N&G Committee takes into consideration feedback gathered from Board members and the direct reports to the CEO, in addition to the financial and operating results of the Company for the year, and submits its performance assessment to the HR Committee. The HR Committee then reviews the performance assessment and peer group data in its deliberations. During this decision-making process, the HR Committee consults with Hewitt Associates, which informs the HR Committee of market trends and conditions, comments on market data relative to the CEO’s current compensation, and provides perspective on other company CEO compensation practices. Based on all of these inputs, in addition to the same guidelines used for setting annual cash, long-term and total compensation for the other named executives, described above, the HR Committee prepares a recommendation to the full Board on all elements of the CEO compensation. The full Board then considers the HR Committee’s recommendation and approves the final compensation package for the CEO.
 
Role of executives and third parties in compensation decisions
 
Hewitt Associates acts as the HR Committee’s independent consultant and as such, advises the HR Committee on industry standards and competitive compensation practices, as well as on the Company’s specific executive compensation practices. Hewitt Associates does not provide any other consulting services to the Company. Executive officers may influence the compensation package developed by the Board for the CEO by providing input on the CEO’s performance in the past year. The CEO influences the compensation packages for each of the other named executive officers through his recommendations made to the HR Committee.
 
Elements of Compensation
 
The primary elements of compensation for our named executive officers are:
 
  •  Base Salary
 
  •  Annual Incentive Awards
 
  •  Long-Term Incentive Awards
 
  •  Retirement Savings and Insurance Benefits
 
  •  Perquisites
 
Base Salary
 
The objective of base salary is to provide fixed compensation that reflects what the market pays to individuals in similar roles with comparable experience and performance. The HR Committee targets base salaries for each position near the median (50th percentile) of the peer group. However, the peer group data serves as a general guideline only and the HR Committee, and for the CEO, the Board, retains the authority to exercise its independent judgment in establishing the base salary levels for each individual. Therefore, the final salary may not be at the median of the peer group. Merit increases for the named executive officers are considered by the HR Committee on an annual basis and are based on the executive’s individual performance against planned objectives and his or her base salary relative to the median of that paid to similar executives by the peer group. Based on the CEO recommendations and HR Committee’s deliberations, each of the named executives received a merit increase in 2008. However, due to the continuing economic and business challenges, no merit increases were awarded to the named executives for 2009.
 
Annual Incentive Plan
 
Our Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) provides the named executive officers an opportunity to share in the success that they help create. The AIP encourages the achievement of our internal annual business goals and rewards Company, business unit and individual performance against those annual objectives. The alignment of AIP


110


Table of Contents

with our internal annual business goals is intended to motivate all participants to achieve and exceed our annual performance objectives.
 
Performance measures
 
Our priorities for 2008 were to grow the Company profitably and continue to increase stockholder value. Our 2008 AIP goals were aligned with these key priorities through three performance measures:
 
  •  Earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”), a non-GAAP measure that is determined by deducting from operating income, as determined under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), the following: restructuring expense, net curtailment gains from our post retirement medical plan in the United States, and certain management-defined unusual, non-recurring SG&A expense/income items,
 
  •  Days in working capital, a non-GAAP measure defined as the average days in net trade receivables, plus the average days in inventories, minus the average days in accounts payable, where averages are calculated based on ending balances over the past thirteen months, and
 
  •  Net revenue as determined under GAAP.
 
We use these measures because we believe they are key drivers in increasing stockholder value and because every employee can impact them in some way. EBIT and days in working capital are used as indicators of our earnings and operating cash flow performance, and net revenue is used as an indicator of our growth. These measures may change from time to time based on business priorities. The HR Committee establishes the goals for each measure and the respective funding scale at the beginning of each year to incent the executive team and all employee participants to strive and perform at a high level to meet the goals. We do not assume that the AIP pools will always fund at 100%. If goal levels are not met but performance reaches minimum thresholds, participants may receive partial payouts to recognize their efforts that contributed to Company performance.
 
Funding the AIP pool
 
The AIP funding, or the amount of money made available in the AIP pool at the end of the year, is dependent on how actual performance compares to the goals. In 2008, the three measures of EBIT, days in working capital and net revenue worked together as follows to determine AIP funding:
 
(PERFORMANCE TABLE)
 
  •  Actual EBIT performance compared to our EBIT goals determines initial EBIT AIP funding.
 
  •  Actual days in working capital performance compared to our days in working capital goals results in a working capital modifier, which increases or decreases the initial EBIT AIP funding.
 
  •  Actual net revenue performance compared to our net revenue goals determines Net Revenue AIP funding. To ensure that incremental net revenue meets profitability goals, actual EBIT must meet or exceed our EBIT goals in order for net revenue funding to be in excess of 100%.
 
  •  EBIT funding and Net Revenue funding are multiplied by the respective incentive pool funding weight and are totaled to determine the AIP funding.


111


Table of Contents

 
There are multiple AIP pools reflecting the multiplicity of our businesses and geographic segments. For most employees, the AIP funding is based on a mix of their respective business unit’s performance and the performance of the next higher organizational level. Therefore, the final AIP funding for a business unit is the resulting weighted sum of this mix. For example, the funding for our business in one European country is based on a mixture of the performance of our business in that country and the overall European region’s business performance. Likewise, the funding for our overall business in the Europe region is based on the mixture of total regional performance and total Company performance. The intention is to tie individual rewards to the local business unit that the employee most directly impacts and to reinforce the message that the same efforts and results have an impact on the larger organization. For corporate staff positions, such as Finance, Human Resources and Legal positions, that provide support to the entire Company, the funding is based entirely on total Company performance.
 
The AIP funding for our named executive officers is based on the following: For our CEO, CFO, and Senior Vice President, Global Sourcing, the AIP funding is based 100% on total Company performance. For our three regional presidents who are named executive officers, the AIP funding is based 50% on total Company and 50% on their respective region’s performance.
 
At the close of the fiscal year, the HR Committee reviews and approves the final AIP funding levels based on the level of attainment of the designated financial measures at the local, regional and total Company levels. AIP funding can range from 0% to a maximum of 175% of the target AIP pool.
 
Determining named executives’ AIP targets and actual award amounts
 
The AIP targets for the named executive officers are a specific dollar amount based on a defined percentage of the executive’s base salary, called the AIP participation rate. The AIP participation rate is typically based on the executive’s position and peer group practices.
 
In determining each executive’s actual AIP award in any given year, the HR Committee or, with respect to the CEO, the Board, considers the AIP target, the individual’s performance and the AIP funding for the respective business unit of the respective executive. Because the sum of all actual payments for any given region or business unit cannot exceed the amount of the AIP funding pool for that unit, the individual awards reflect both performance against individual objectives and relative performance against the balance of employees being paid out of that pool. Executives, like all employees, must be employed on the date of payment to receive payment, except in the cases of layoff, retirement, disability or death. The AIP awards for all employee participants are made in the same manner, except that the employees’ managers determine the individual awards.
 
Although the AIP participation rates of the named executive officers are targeted at the median (50th percentile) of that established by the peer group, an executive’s actual award is not formulaic. Like all employees, the actual AIP award is based on the assessment of the executive’s performance against his or her annual objectives and performance relative to his or her peers, in addition to the AIP funding. Based on the determining factors, the actual AIP awards paid to the named executive officers in 2008 were below their target amounts due to actual business and individual performance. The target AIP participation rates, target amounts and actual award payments of the named executive officers for 2008 were as follows:
 
                         
    2008 AIP
    2008 Target
    2008 AIP Actual
 
Name
  Participation Rate     Amount     Award Payment  
 
John Anderson
    110 %   $ 1,402,500     $ 561,000  
Heidi Manes(1)
    50 %     155,625       127,613  
Armin Broger(2)
    65 %     618,044       216,315  
Robert Hanson
    70 %     499,800       249,900  
David Love
    65 %     296,010       248,648  
                         
Hans Ploos van Amstel(3)
    65 %     390,000        
Alan Hed(4)
    65 %     263,900       250,705  


112


Table of Contents

 
(1) For the purposes of calculating Ms. Manes’ AIP target amount, her base salary includes the monthly cash bonuses paid to her in recognition for her serving as the interim CFO for the duration of the interim assignment.
 
(2) Mr. Broger is paid in Euros. For purposes of the table, this amount was converted into U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of 1.2733, which is the average exchange rate for the last month of the fiscal year.
 
(3) Mr. Ploos van Amstel stepped down from the CFO position effective August 27, 2008 and did not receive an AIP payment for 2008, which was instead replaced by his total separation payment.
 
(4) Mr. Hed separated from the Company effective November 1, 2008 but received the AIP payment shown in connection with his separation.
 
Long-Term Incentives
 
The HR Committee believes a large part of an executive’s compensation should be linked to long-term stockholder value creation as an incentive for sustained, profitable growth. Therefore, our long-term incentives for our named executive officers are in the form of equity awards and are competitive with those offered by companies in the peer group for similar jobs. The HR Committee targets long-term incentive award opportunities for our named executive officers near the 75th percentile of the peer group, although the HR Committee, and for the CEO, the Board, retains the authority to exercise its independent judgment in establishing the long-term incentive award levels for each individual. A significant portion of the total compensation of each named executive officer is in the form of long-term equity incentive awards. For more information on the 2008 long-term equity grants, see the 2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards table.
 
The Company’s common stock is not listed on any stock exchange. Accordingly, the price of a share of our common stock for all purposes, including determining the value of equity awards, is established by the Board based on an independent third-party valuation conducted by Evercore Group LLC (“Evercore”). The valuation process is typically conducted two times a year, with interim valuations occurring from time to time based on stockholder and Company needs. Please see “Stock-Based Compensation” under Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report for more information about the valuation process.
 
Equity Incentive Plan
 
Our omnibus 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”) enables our HR Committee to select from a variety of stock awards in defining long-term incentives for our management, including stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). The EIP permits the grant of performance awards in the form of equity or cash. Stock awards and performance awards may be granted to employees, including named executive officers, non-employee directors and consultants.
 
To date, SARs have been the only form of equity granted to our named executive officers under the EIP, with the exception of Ms. Manes. SARs are typically granted annually with four-year vesting periods and exercise periods of up to ten years. (See the table entitled “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2008 Fiscal Year-End” for details concerning the SARs’ vesting schedule.) The HR Committee chose to grant SARs rather than other available forms of equity compensation to allow the Company the flexibility to grant SARs that may be settled in either stock or cash. The terms of the SAR grants made to our named executive officers to-date provide for stock settlement only. When a SAR is exercised and settled in stock, the shares issued are subject to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement and the Voting Trust Agreement, including restrictions on voting rights and transfer. After the participant has held the shares issued under the EIP for six months, he or she may require the Company to repurchase, or the Company may require the participant to sell to the Company, those shares of common stock. The Company’s obligations under the EIP are subject to certain restrictive covenants in our various debt agreements (See Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report for more details).
 
Ms. Manes is serving as a named executive officer on an interim basis. As such, she is ineligible to receive a SAR grant. However, Ms. Manes does participate in the cash-based long-term incentive plans that are in place for all vice president and director level employees. The Total Shareholder Return Plan (“TSRP”) under our EIP is similar to a stock appreciation rights plan in that awards are based on the amount of stock price increase. The Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) is based on performance against the Company’s 3-year internal goals. Awards under both plans vest automatically at the end of their respective 3-year performance periods and payments are made in cash.


113


Table of Contents

Long-term incentive grant practices
 
LS&CO. does not have any program, plan, or practice to time equity grants to take advantage of the release of material, non-public information. Equity grants are made in connection with compensation decisions made by the HR Committee and the timing of the Evercore valuation process, and are made under the terms of the governing plan.
 
Retirement Savings and Insurance Benefits
 
In order to provide a competitive total compensation package, LS&CO. offers a qualified 401(k) defined contribution retirement plan to its U.S. salaried employees through the Employee Savings and Investment Plan. Executive officers participate in this plan on the same terms as other salaried employees. The ability of executive officers to participate fully in this plan is limited by IRS and ERISA requirements. Like many of the companies in the peer group, the Company offers a nonqualified supplement to this plan, which is not subject to the IRS and ERISA limitations, through the Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors. The Company also offers its executive officers the health and welfare insurance plans offered to all employees such as medical, dental, supplemental life, long-term disability and business travel insurance, consistent with the practices of the majority of the companies in the peer group.
 
In 2004, we froze our U.S. defined benefit pension plan and increased the Company match under the 401(k) plan. This change was made in recognition of an employment market that is characterized by career mobility, and traditional pension plan benefits are not portable. Of our named executive officers, Heidi Manes, Robert Hanson, David Love and Alan Hed have adequate years of service to be eligible for future benefits under the frozen U.S. defined benefit pension plan.
 
Defined contribution retirement plan
 
The Employee Savings and Investment Plan is a qualified 401(k) defined contribution savings plan that allows U.S. employees, including executive officers, to save for retirement on a pre-tax basis. The Company matches up to a certain level of employee contributions. In addition, the Company provides a profit-sharing contribution if we exceed our internal annual business plan goals. This enables employees to share in the Company’s success when we outperform our goals.
 
Deferred compensation plan
 
The Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors is a nonqualified, unfunded tax effective savings plan provided to the named executive officers and other executives, and the outside directors.
 
Perquisites
 
LS&CO. believes perquisites are an element of competitive total rewards. The Company is highly selective in its use of perquisites, the total value of which is modest. The primary perquisite provided to the named executive officers is a flexible allowance to cover expenses such as auto-related expenses, financial and tax planning, legal assistance and excess medical costs.
 
Tax and Accounting Considerations
 
We have structured our compensation program to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. Because our common stock is not registered on any exchange, we are not subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Severance and Change in Control Benefits
 
The Executive Severance Plan is meant to provide a reasonable and competitive level of financial transitional support to executives who are involuntarily terminated. If employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company due to reduction in force, layoff or position elimination, the executive is eligible for severance payments and


114


Table of Contents

benefits. Severance benefits are not payable upon a change in control if the executive is still employed by or offered a comparable position with the surviving entity.
 
Under the 2006 EIP, in the event of a change in control in which the surviving corporation does not assume or continue the outstanding SARs program or substitute similar awards for such outstanding SARs, the vesting schedule of all SARs held by executives that are still employed upon the change in control will be accelerated in full as of a date prior to the effective date of the transaction as the Board determines. This accelerated vesting structure is designed to encourage the executives to remain employed with the Company through the date of the change in control and to ensure that the equity incentives awarded to the executives are not eliminated by the surviving company.
 
Compensation Committee Report
 
The Human Resources Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based on the review and discussion, the Committee recommends to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008.
 
The Human Resources Committee
 
Patricia Salas Pineda (Chair)
Vanessa J. Castagna
Peter E. Haas Jr.
Robert D. Haas


115


Table of Contents

 
Summary Compensation Data
 
The following table provides compensation information for (i) our chief executive officer, (ii) our interim chief financial officer and former chief financial officer, and (iii) three executive officers who were our most highly compensated officers and who were serving as executive officers as of the last day of the fiscal year and (iv) an additional individual for whom disclosure would have been provided but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an executive officer at the end of the last completed fiscal year.
 
                                                                 
                                  Change in
             
                                  Pension
             
                                  Value and
             
                                  Nonqualified
             
                            Non-Equity
    Deferred
             
Name and
                    Option
    Incentive Plan
    Compensation
    All Other
       
Principal Position
  Year     Salary     Bonus(2)     Awards(3)     Compensation(4)     Earnings(5)     Compensation(6)     Total  
 
John Anderson
    2008     $ 1,270,192     $     $ 2,868,398     $ 561,000     $     $ 1,211,550     $ 5,911,140  
President and Chief
    2007       1,250,000             2,298,664       1,031,250       36,341       2,166,438       6,782,693  
Executive Officer
                                                               
Heidi Manes
    2008       282,048                   127,613             122,412       532,073  
Chief Financial Officer (Interim)
                                                               
Armin Broger(1)
    2008       950,837             357,386       216,315       12,310       401,951       1,938,799  
Senior Vice President and
    2007       812,556       804,430       218,011       808,398             583,619       3,227,014  
President Levi Strauss Europe
                                                               
Robert Hanson
    2008       711,846             766,801       249,900       12,234       111,359       1,852,140  
Senior Vice President and
    2007       700,769             635,597       400,776             128,595       1,865,737  
President Levi Strauss Americas
                                                               
David Love
    2008       451,254             174,550       248,648             511,463       1,385,915  
Senior Vice President
                                                               
Global Sourcing
                                                               
                                                                 
Hans Ploos van Amstel
    2008       592,308             599,808                   92,762       1,284,878  
Senior Vice President and
    2007       547,769             632,141       316,536             201,476       1,697,922  
Chief Financial Officer
                                                               
Alan Hed
    2008       380,961             188,351       250,705       3,553       700,601       1,524,171  
Senior Vice President and
President Levi strauss Asia Pacific
                                                               
 
 
(1) Mr. Broger is paid in euros. For purposes of the table, his 2008 payments were converted into U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of 1.2733 and for 2007, an exchange rate of 1.4626. These rates were the average exchange rates for the last month of the 2008 and 2007 fiscal years, respectively.
 
(2) For Mr. Broger, the 2007 amount reflects a sign-on bonus of $804,430 per his employment contract.
 
(3) These amounts reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2008 and November 25, 2007 for awards granted under the EIP. The amounts are calculated using the same valuation methodology used for financial reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) and as such, do not reflect the amount of compensation actually received by the named executive officer during the fiscal year. For a description of the assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts, see Notes 1 and 14 of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
 
(4) These amounts reflect the AIP awards made to the named executive officers.
 
For Mr. Broger, the 2007 amount reflects an AIP payment of $808,398 which was based on a guaranteed AIP target of 100%, per his employment contract, prorated for the number of months Mr. Broger was employed during the fiscal year.
 
For Mr. Hed, the 2008 amount reflects an AIP payment of $250,705, per his separation agreement.
 
(5) For Ms. Manes and Mssrs. Hanson, Love and Hed, the 2008 change in U.S. pension value is due solely to changes in actuarial assumptions used in determining the present value of the benefits. These assumptions, such as discount rates, age-rating and mortality assumptions, may vary from year-to-year. Effective November 28, 2004, we froze our U.S. pension plan for all salaried employees. The change in present value actuarial assumptions also applies to the changes in Mr. Love’s Belgian and U.K. pension values, as he is accruing no further benefits under those plans. Only positive changes in pension value have been reported.
 
For Mr. Broger, the 2008 change in pension value is due to additional credited service under the Dutch pension plan and changes in actuarial assumptions used in determining the present value of benefits, as stated above. In 2007, no change in the pension value of this plan was reflected for Mr. Broger because he was hired in February 2007 and therefore, only began participating in the Netherlands Pension Plan in that year.


116


Table of Contents

 
For Mr. Hanson, in 2007 no positive change in pension value was reported because the value of the Home Office Pension Plan declined from the 2006 pension plan measurement date to the 2007 pension plan measurement date,. The decline was due to the actuarial assumptions used to determine the present value of his benefits.
 
(6) For Mr. Anderson, the 2008 amount reflects a payment of $1,000,000, the 2nd installment of the total amount to assist with his relocation from Singapore to San Francisco, per his employment agreement, a company 401(k) match totaling $172,608 and an executive allowance of $35,177, $16,015 of which was toward the provision of a car. The 2007 amounts include $634,457 associated with benefits, to which he in entitled under the global assignment and relocation programs, that were attributable to 2007 compensation, but not determinable or payable until 2008. For purposes of the table, the 2007 global assignment payments, which were paid in Singapore dollars, were converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate of 0.691, which was the average exchange rate for the last month of the 2007 fiscal year.
 
For Ms. Manes, the 2008 amount reflects a monthly bonus of $15,000 beginning September 2008 that will continue for the duration of her Interim Chief Financial Officer assignment, an LTIP payment of $35,000, a project bonus of $20,000 related to the ERP stabilization, a company 401(k) match of $11,250 and an executive allowance of $11,162.
 
For Mr. Broger, the 2008 and 2007 amounts reflect items provided under his employment contract using the foreign exchange rates noted above. The 2008 amount reflects $12,126 for tax administration and legal fees, $54,243 as a housing allowance, $32,546 for children’s schooling, a car provided for Mr. Broger’s use valued at $30,559, $98,947 for the purchase of individual pension insurance and a tax protection benefit of $173,530. The 2007 amount reflects $92,094 for the purchase of individual pension insurance and a tax protection benefit of $267,232 based on his Netherlands tax rate, amounts that were attributable to 2007 compensation, but not determinable or payable until 2008.
 
For Mr. Hanson, the 2008 amount reflects a company 401(k) match totaling $83,447 and an executive allowance of $27,912.
 
For Mr. Love, the 2008 amount reflects $342,526 associated with general expenses covered under our global assignment program, $28,274 associated with relocation expenses, an LTIP payment of $70,000, a company 401(k) match totaling $52,463 and an executive allowance of $18,200.
 
Mr. Ploos van Amstel stepped down from his position of CFO effective August 27, 2008. The 2008 amount reflects a company 401(k) match totaling $57,779, an executive allowance of $17,862 and a life insurance premium payment of $15,290. The 2007 amount reflects residual relocation benefits of $7,524 which was attributable to 2007 compensation, but not determinable or payable until 2008.
 
Mr. Hed separated from the Company effective November 1, 2008. The 2008 amount reflects payments associated with his separation agreement (see Other Matters — Employment Contracts for further details) as follows: a separation payment of $203,000, $14,628 of unused vacation and an LTIP payment of $35,000. In addition, Mr. Hed received $399,298 under our global assignment program, a company 401(k) match totaling $32,310 and an executive allowance of $15,000.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
Employment Contracts
 
Mr. Anderson.  We have an employment arrangement with Mr. Anderson effective November 27, 2006. The arrangement provides for a minimum base salary of $1,250,000. His base salary has since been adjusted, and may be further adjusted, by annual merit increases. Mr. Anderson is also eligible to participate in our AIP at a target participation rate of 110% of base salary.
 
Mr. Anderson also receives benefits to assist with the relocation of Mr. Anderson and his family from Singapore to San Francisco, California as follows: a one-time irrevocable gross payment of $5,800,000, of which $3,800,000 was paid in November 2006 and $1,000,000 was paid in each of January 2008 and January 2009, availability of a company-paid apartment and automobile while his family remained in Singapore; prior to their relocation, temporary housing in San Francisco upon his arrival and application of his Australian hypothetical tax rate on his 2006 Annual Incentive Plan and final 2006 Management Incentive Plan payments. Mr. Anderson also receives healthcare, life insurance, long-term savings program and relocation program benefits, as well as benefits under our various executive perquisite programs with an annual value of less than $30,000. Mr. Anderson continues to be eligible for ongoing home leave benefits. The portions of these benefits that were paid in 2007 and 2008 are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.
 
In addition to the foregoing arrangements, Mr. Anderson was considered a global assignee during the period that he was employed with us in Singapore in 2006. Our approach for global assignee employees is to ensure that individuals working abroad are compensated as they would be if they were based in their home country, in this case Australia, by offsetting expenses related to a global assignment. This approach covers all areas that are affected by the assignment, including salary, cost of living, taxes, housing, benefits, savings, schooling and other miscellaneous expenses. Although Mr. Anderson was no longer formally considered a global assignee upon his assuming the President and Chief Executive Officer role at the beginning of 2007, his family’s relocation from Singapore to the


117


Table of Contents

United States occurred throughout the middle of 2007. Therefore, certain global assignee benefits were provided to Mr. Anderson during 2007 as he completed the transition.
 
Mr. Anderson’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by us or by Mr. Anderson at any time. Mr. Anderson does not receive any separate compensation for his services as a member of our board of directors.
 
Mr. Broger.  We entered into an employment contract with Mr. Broger, effective February 26, 2007. Mr. Broger is a resident of the Netherlands, whose employment is based in Brussels. Our employment contract with Mr. Broger was structured in a manner consistent with European employment practices for senior executives. Therefore, Mr. Broger’s compensation and benefits are different from our U.S. — based named executive officers. Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Broger was offered a base salary at an annual rate of EUR 725,000, which has been adjusted, and may be further adjusted, by annual merit increases. Mr. Broger is eligible to participate in our AIP at a target participation rate of 65% of base salary, except that in 2007 only, he had a target participation rate of 100% of his base salary. Mr. Broger received a one-time sign-on bonus of EUR 550,000 net, and ongoing pension benefits, subsidies for housing and his children’s education, life insurance and car usage benefits, and certain de minimus perquisites. His agreement also provided for a grant with a target value of $1,500,000 under the Company’s previous Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan which, because that plan was replaced by the EIP, was converted to a SAR grant. We have also agreed to provide Mr. Broger tax protection, similar to our global assignment practices described above. Should he experience a tax burden in excess of the tax burden that he would have experienced had he been working 100% of his time in the Netherlands, the Company will pay the excess amount. The portions of these benefits that were paid in 2007 and 2008 are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.
 
In the case of termination, for reasons other than cause, we will provide Mr. Broger with eight months’ notice in addition to a lump sum payment of two times his annual base salary and two times his AIP target amount at the time of termination. In addition, in exchange for a six month non-compete restriction, we will pay a one-time payment of six months’ salary.
 
Mr. Broger’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by us or by Mr. Broger at any time.
 
Mr. Ploos van Amstel.  We had an employment arrangement with Mr. Ploos van Amstel effective March 3, 2005. Under the arrangement, Mr. Ploos van Amstel was offered an annual base salary of $500,000, which was subsequently adjusted by an annual merit increase, and was eligible to participate in our AIP at a target participation rate of 65% of base salary. The arrangement entitled him to a grant with a target value of $700,000 under the Company’s previous Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan, which was a cash-settled stock appreciation rights plan which had a one-time payout in February 2008 and is no longer effective. In addition, Mr. Ploos van Amstel received an initial bonus of $300,000 net of taxes, which equated to a $524,302 gross payment.
 
Under his arrangement, Mr. Ploos van Amstel was entitled to specified fringe benefits, including healthcare benefits, reimbursement of expenses associated with the relocation of his household from Belgium to San Francisco, California, five years of home leave subsidy and benefits under the various executive perquisite programs available to similarly ranked executives. The portion of these benefits that were paid in 2007 and 2008 are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.
 
Effective August 27, 2008, Mr. Ploos van Amstel stepped down from his position of Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He continued in the employ of LS&CO. as a financial consultant. In connection with his change in position, he was entitled to receive $1,485,000 and, if he relocated to Europe within eighteen months of the change under certain conditions, a relocation expense reimbursement of $300,000. In addition, Mr. Ploos van Amstel was entitled to paid home leave for himself and his family, subsidized COBRA premiums and payment of any unused vacation time. Effective January 13, 2009, Mr. Ploos van Amstel terminated his employment with LS&CO.
 
Mr. Hed.  Effective November 1, 2008, Mr. Hed separated from the Company. In connection with his departure, he received a separation payment of $203,000, payment of unused vacation, a 2008 Annual Incentive Plan payment based on the final actual funding of the AIP and a payout of his 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan grant. He is also eligible for subsidized COBRA premiums, will be provided outplacement assistance for 12 months, and will be allowed to exercise any vested SARs as of his termination date under the terms of the plan. As part of the


118


Table of Contents

separation agreement, we are also providing Mr. Hed normal benefits under our global assignment program to assist with the repatriation of his family and himself back to the U.S.
 
2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
No SARs were granted to the Company’s named executive officers in 2008. The following information reflects awards under our 2008 Annual Incentive Plan. 2008 actual AIP awards for our named executive officers are disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table.
 
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
 
                                 
          Threshold
    Target
    Maximum
 
Name
  Grant Date     ($)     ($)     ($)  
 
John Anderson
    2008           $ 1,402,500     $ 2,805,000  
Heidi Manes
    2008             155,625       311,250  
Armin Broger
    2008             618,044       1,236,088  
Robert Hanson
    2008             499,800       999,600  
David Love
    2008             296,010       592,020  
                                 
Hans Ploos van Amstel
    2008             390,000       780,000  
Alan Hed
    2008             263,900       527,800  
 
Ms. Manes received a 2008 grant under the TSRP, the Company’s cash-settled stock appreciation rights plan, as detailed below. The plan has a 3-year vesting period and a mandatory cash-out at the end of the period, based on the amount the stock price has appreciated from the original grant date. Like the SARs, the share price is also determined by the Board based on the Evercore valuation process.
 
                                 
          Number of
             
Name
  Grant Date     TSRP Units     Strike Price(1)     Payment Date  
 
Heidi Manes
    2/8/2008       8,700     $ 50.00       Feb. 2011  
 
 
(1) The exercise price is based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the grant date established by the Evercore valuation process.


119


Table of Contents

 
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2008 Fiscal Year-End
 
The following table provides information on the current unexercised and unvested SAR holdings by the Company’s named executive officers as of November 30, 2008. The vesting schedule for each grant is shown following this table. Ms. Manes has not been granted any SARs. As mentioned previously, no SARs were granted to the Company’s named executive officers in 2008.
 
                                 
    SAR Awards  
    Number of
    Number of
             
    Securities
    Securities
             
    Underlying
    Underlying
    SAR
    SAR
 
    Unexercised SARs
    Unexercised SARs
    Exercise
    Expiration
 
Name
  Exercisable     Unexercisable(1)     Price(2)     Date  
 
John Anderson
    212,069       250,627     $ 42.00       12/31/2012  
      41,485       82,970     $ 68.00       8/1/2017  
Armin Broger
          54,368     $ 53.25       2/26/2013  
      5,657       11,314     $ 68.00       8/1/2017  
Robert Hanson
    58,319       68,923     $ 42.00       12/31/2012  
      10,371       20,743     $ 68.00       8/1/2017  
David Love
    8,466       10,006     $ 52.25       2/8/2013  
      4,714       9,429     $ 68.00       8/1/2017  
                                 
Hans Ploos van Amstel
    58,319       68,923     $ 42.00       12/31/2012  
      10,371       20,743     $ 68.00       8/1/2017  
Alan Hed
    8,082           $ 52.25       2/8/2013  
      5,657           $ 68.00       8/1/2017  
 
 
(1) SAR Vesting Schedule
 
             
Grant Date
  Exercise Price    
Vesting Schedule
 
7/13/2006
  $ 42.00     1/24th monthly vesting beginning 1/1/08
2/8/2007
  $ 52.25     1/24th monthly vesting beginning 2/8/08
2/26/2007
  $ 53.25     1/24th monthly vesting beginning 2/26/09
8/1/2007
  $ 68.00     25% vested on 7/31/08; monthly vesting over remaining 36 months
 
The named executive officers may only exercise vested SARs during certain times of the year under the terms of the EIP.
 
(2) The SAR exercise prices reflect the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the grant date as established by the Evercore valuation process. Upon the vesting and exercise of a SAR, the recipient will receive a voting trust certificate representing shares of common stock in an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of the per share fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised.


120


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLANS
 
The following table provides information regarding executive retirement arrangements applicable to the named executive officers as of November 30, 2008.
 
                             
              Present Value of
       
        Number of Years
    Accumulated
    Payments
 
        Credited Service as
    Benefits as of
    During Last
 
Name
 
Plan Name
  of 11/30/2008     11/30/2008     Fiscal Year  
 
Heidi Manes
  U.S. Home Office Pension Plan (qualified plan)     2.3     $ 19,768        
Armin Broger(1)
  Netherlands Retirement Plan     1.8       21,857        
Robert Hanson
  U.S. Home Office Pension Plan (qualified plan)     16.8       229,520        
    U.S. Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan (non-qualified plan)     16.8       583,333        
                             
      Total           $ 812,853          
                             
David Love(2)
  U.S. Home Office Pension Plan (qualified plan)     3.5     $ 52,067        
    U.S. Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan (non-qualified plan)     3.5       60,258          
    Belgian Pension Plan     8.3       253,593        
    U.K. Pension Plan     4.7       42,948        
                             
      Total           $ 408,866          
                             
                             
Alan Hed
  U.S. Home Office Pension Plan (qualified plan)     4.6     $ 74,048        
    U.S. Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan (non-qualified plan)     4.6       74,933        
                             
      Total           $ 148,981          
                             
 
 
(1) Mr. Broger’s benefits under this plan are in Euros. For purposes of the table, these amounts were converted into U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of 1.2733, which is the average exchange rate for the last month of the fiscal year.
 
(2) Mr. Love’s Belgian and U.K. benefits have been converted into U.S. dollars using exchange rates of 1.2733 and 1.5475, respectively, which are the average exchange rates for the Euro and the pound Sterling for the last month of the fiscal year.
 
Armin Broger
 
Mr. Broger began participating in the Levi Strauss Netherlands Pension Plan (“Dutch Pension Plan”) in 2007. The Dutch Pension Plan is a defined benefit plan. Funding of the plan is based on a maximum annual base salary of €60,905 (approximately $89,080). Normal retirement is age 65 under the plan. Benefits are computed on the basis of a surviving spouse annuity. Per Mr. Broger’s employment contract, we agreed to pay 12% of his gross base salary for pension purposes. Part of that amount is contributed to the Dutch Pension Plan and the remaining portion is paid directly to Mr. Broger so he may purchase individual pension insurance.
 
Heidi Manes, Robert Hanson, David Love and Alan Hed
 
Effective November 28, 2004, we froze our U.S. pension plan for all salaried employees. Of our named executive officers, Ms. Manes and Mssrs. Hanson, Love and Hed have adequate years of service to be eligible for benefits under the frozen defined benefit pension plan. The normal retirement age is 65 with five years of service; early retirement age is 55 with 15 years of service. None of the named executive officers noted above are eligible for early retirement at this time. If they elect to receive their benefits before normal retirement age, the accrued benefit is reduced by an applicable factor based on the number of years before normal retirement. Benefits are 100% vested after five years of service, measured from the date of hire.
 
There are two components to this pension plan, the Home Office Pension Plan (“HOPP”), an IRS qualified defined benefit plan, which has specific compensation limits and rules under which it operates, and the Supplemental Benefits Restoration Plan (“SBRP”), a non-qualified defined benefit plan, that provides benefits in excess of the IRS limit.


121


Table of Contents

The benefit formula under the HOPP is the following:
 
a) 2% of final average compensation (as defined below) multiplied by the participant’s years of benefit service (not in excess of 25 years), less
 
b) 2% of Social Security benefit multiplied by the participant’s years of benefit service (not in excess of 25 years), plus
 
c) 0.25% of final average compensation multiplied by the participant’s years of benefit service earned after completing 25 years of service.
 
Final average compensation is defined as the average compensation (comprised of base salary, commissions, bonuses, incentive compensation and overtime earned for the fiscal year) over the five consecutive plan years producing the highest average out of the ten consecutive plan years immediately preceding the earlier of the participant’s retirement date or termination date.
 
The benefit formula under the SBRP is the excess of (a) over (b):
 
a) Accrued benefit as described above for the qualified pension plan determined using non-qualified compensation and removing the application of maximum annuity amounts payable from qualified plans under Internal Revenue Code Section 415(b);
 
b) Actual accrued benefit from the qualified pension plan.
 
The valuation method and assumptions are as follows:
 
a) The values presented in the Pension Benefits table are based on certain actuarial assumptions as of November 25, 2007, and November 26, 2006, for purposes of SFAS 87; see Notes 1 and 11 of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for more information.
 
b) The discount rate and post-retirement mortality utilized are based on information presented in the pension footnotes. No assumptions are included for early retirement, termination, death or disability prior to normal retirement at age 65.
 
c) Present values incorporate the normal form of payment of life annuity for single participants and 50% joint and survivor for married participants.
 
David Love
 
Mr. Love has worked in multiple international locations during his employment with us. However, we do not have a single global pension plan. As a result, he has been a participant in three different pension plans, the U.S. pension plan described above, and the Belgian and U.K. pension plans. The U.K. plan is a defined benefit plan based on the highest annual average of pensionable earnings in any period of three consecutive years in a ten year period. Payments are made in a monthly annuity. Normal retirement age is 60 under the plan. The Belgian pension plan is also a defined benefit plan, but the benefits are based on the highest five years of base salary and are payable as a lump sum upon retirement. Normal retirement age is also 60 under this plan. Mr. Love is not accruing further benefits under either the Belgian or the U.K. pension plans, as he is no longer an active participant. Additionally, the U.S. pension plan was frozen effective November 28, 2004, so no further benefits are being accrued under this plan.
 
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation
 
The Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors (“Deferred Compensation Plan”) is a U.S. nonqualified, unfunded tax effective savings plan provided to the named executive officers, among other executives and the directors, as part of competitive compensation.
 
Participants may elect to defer all or a portion of their base salary and AIP payment and may elect an in-service and/or retirement distribution. Executive officers who defer salary or bonus under this plan are credited with market-based returns depending upon the investment choices made by the executive applicable to each deferral. The investment options under the plan, which closely mirror the options provided under our qualified 401(k) plan,


122


Table of Contents

include a number of mutual funds with varying risk and return profiles. Participants may change their investment choices as frequently as they desire, consistent with our 401(k) plan.
 
In addition, under the Deferred Compensation Plan, the Company provides a match on all deferrals, up to 10% of eligible compensation that cannot be provided under the qualified 401(k) plan due to IRS qualified plan compensation limits. The amounts in the table reflect non-qualified contributions over the 401(k) limit by the executive officers and the resulting Company match.
 
The table below reflects the 2008 contributions to the non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plans for the named executive officers that participate in the plan, as well as the earnings and balances under the plan.
 
                                 
                      Aggregate
 
                      Balance at
 
    Executive
    Registrant
    Aggregate
    November 30,
 
Name
  Contributions     Contributions(1)     Earnings     2008  
 
John Anderson
  $ 1,109,444     $ 155,733     $ (375,353 )   $ 171,582  
                        4,048,719 (2)
                        618,525 (3)
Robert Hanson
    88,762       66,572       (186,465 )     729,573  
David Love
    502,167       35,588       (347,253 )     413,644  
                                 
Hans Ploos van Amstel
    54,538       40,904       (169,217 )     294,871  
Alan Hed
    276,975       15,435       (17,576 )     868,500  
 
 
(1) These amounts reflect the 401(k) excess match contributions made by the Company and are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table under All Other Compensation.
 
(2) While Mr. Anderson was the President of our Asia Pacific region, he participated in a Supplemental Executive Incentive Plan, an unfunded plan to which the Company contributed 20% of his base salary and annual bonus each year. The plan was frozen as of November 26, 2006, when he assumed the role of CEO and no further contributions were made. Upon Mr. Anderson’s termination, without cause, he will be paid out the balance of his accrued benefits in a lump sum. Mr. Anderson’s benefits under this plan are in Australian dollars. For purposes of the table, these amounts were converted into U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of 0.904, which was the average exchange rate for the last month of the 2007 fiscal year.
 
(3) Mr. Anderson previously participated in the Levi Strauss Australia Staff Superannuation Plan that applied to all employees in Australia. Plan benefits are similar to a U.S. defined contribution plan benefit, which are based on both company and participant contributions. Employee accounts are tied to the investment market and therefore, may vary from year-to-year. Mr. Anderson ceased to be an active participant in that plan in 1998, and is accruing no further company contributions under the plan. Part of his benefit continues to vest over time. Full vesting of his benefit is achieved at age 60. For purposes of the table, these amounts were converted into U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of 0.6530, which was the average exchange rate for the last month of the 2008 fiscal year.
 
POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL
 
The named executive officers are eligible to receive certain benefits and payments upon their separation from the Company under certain circumstances under the terms of the Executive Severance Plan and the EIP. In addition, Mr. Broger is entitled to certain payments upon separation under the terms of his employment agreement as described above and Mr. Anderson is entitled to payments under a Supplemental Executive Incentive Plan as described below.
 
In 2008, the Company’s U.S. severance arrangements under its Executive Severance Plan offered named executive officers, except for Ms. Manes, basic severance of two weeks of base salary and enhanced severance of 78 weeks of base salary plus their AIP target amount, if their employment ceases due to a reduction in force, layoff or position elimination. Ms. Manes was eligible for basic severance of two weeks of base salary, enhanced severance of 26 weeks of base salary plus her AIP target amount, plus two additional weeks of base salary plus her AIP target for each year of service in excess of five years of service up to an additional 52 weeks. The Company also covers the cost of the COBRA health coverage premium for the duration of the executive’s severance payment period, up to a maximum of 18 months. The COBRA premium coverage is shared between the individual and the Company at the same shared percentage that was effective during the executive’s employment. The Company would also provide life insurance, career counseling and transition services. These severance benefits would not be


123


Table of Contents

payable upon a change in control if the executive is still employed or offered a comparable position with the surviving entity.
 
Under the EIP, in the event of a change in control in which the surviving corporation does not assume or continue the outstanding SARs or substitute similar awards for the outstanding SARs, the vesting schedule of all SARs held by executives that are still employed will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of the transaction as determined by the Board. If the SARs are not exercised at or prior to the effective time of the transaction, all rights to exercise them will terminate, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such SARs shall lapse.
 
The information in the tables below reflects the estimated value of the compensation to be paid by the Company to each of the named executive officers in the event of termination or a change in control under the Executive Severance Plan and the EIP. For details of the arrangements with Armin Broger under his employment agreement, please see the relevant table below. The amounts shown below assume that each named individual was employed and that a termination or change in control was effective as of November 30, 2008, except that the amounts shown for Mssrs. Ploos van Amstel and Hed are actual separation payments made in 2008. The actual amounts that would be paid can only be determined at the time of an actual termination event. The amounts also assume a share price of $24.75 for the SAR grants, which is based on the most recent Evercore share valuation approved by the Board. Because the assumed share price is lower than the strike price for all outstanding grants, acceleration of SAR vesting upon a change of control as of November 30, 2008 would result in zero value.
 
John Anderson
 
                                         
                Involuntary
             
Executive Benefits and
  Voluntary
          Not for Cause
    For Cause
    Change of
 
Payments Upon Termination
  Termination     Retirement     Termination     Termination     Control  
 
Compensation:
                                       
Severance(1)
  $     $     $ 4,065,288     $     $  
Stock Appreciation Rights
                             
Benefits:
                                       
COBRA & Life Insurance(2)
                4,909              
Supplemental Executive Incentive Plan:(3)
    4,048,719       4,048,719       4,048,719             4,048,719  
 
 
(1) Based on Mr. Anderson’s annual base salary of $1,275,000 and his AIP target of 110% of his base salary.
 
(2) Reflects 18 months of COBRA and life insurance premiums at the same Company / employee percentage sharing as during employment.
 
(3) Reflects a lump sum payment under the Supplemental Executive Incentive Plan in which Mr. Anderson previously participated. The Company contributed 20% of his base salary and annual bonus into this unfunded plan each year. His participation in the plan was frozen as of November 26, 2006, when he assumed the role of CEO.
 
Heidi Manes
 
                                         
                Involuntary
             
Executive Benefits and
  Voluntary
          Not for Cause
    For Cause
    Change of
 
Payments Upon Termination
  Termination     Retirement     Termination     Termination     Control  
 
Compensation:
                                       
Severance(1)
  $     $     $ 256,875     $     $  
Benefits:
                                       
COBRA & Life Insurance(2)
                6,491              
 
 
(1) Based on Ms. Manes’ annual base salary of $300,000 and her AIP target of 50% of her base salary.
 
(2) Reflects 18 months of COBRA and life insurance premiums at the same Company / employee percentage sharing as during employment.


124


Table of Contents

 
Armin Broger
 
                                         
                Involuntary
             
Executive Benefits and
  Voluntary
          Not for Cause
    For Cause
    Change of
 
Payments Upon Termination
  Termination     Retirement     Termination     Termination     Control  
 
Compensation(1):
                                       
Severance(2)
  $     $     $ 4,247,071     $     $  
Stock Appreciation Rights
                             
 
 
(1) These payments do not reflect any tax protection benefit since that amount is determined only after review and approval of the individual’s tax return by the Belgian tax authorities during the calendar year following the applicable compensation year.
 
(2) Based on two times the sum of Mr. Broger’s base salary and AIP target of 65%, eight months’ notice pay and six months’ pay for a non-compete consideration (based on base salary only).
 
Robert Hanson
 
                                         
                Involuntary
             
Executive Benefits and
  Voluntary
          Not for Cause
    For Cause
    Change of
 
Payments Upon Termination
  Termination     Retirement     Termination     Termination     Control  
 
Compensation:
                                       
Severance(1)
  $     $     $ 1,848,162     $     $  
Stock Appreciation Rights
                             
Benefits:
                                       
COBRA & Life Insurance(2)
                3,654              
 
 
(1) Based on Mr. Hanson’s annual base salary of $714,000 and his AIP target of 70% of his base salary.
 
(2) Reflects 18 months of COBRA and life insurance premiums at the same Company / employee percentage sharing as during employment.
 
David Love
 
                                         
                Involuntary
             
Executive Benefits and
  Voluntary
          Not for Cause
    For Cause
    Change of
 
Payments Upon Termination
  Termination     Retirement     Termination     Termination     Control  
 
Compensation:
                                       
Severance(1)
  $     $     $ 1,144,630     $     $  
Stock Appreciation Rights
                             
Benefits:
                                       
COBRA & Life Insurance(2)
                6,491              
 
 
(1) Based on Mr. Love’s annual base salary of $455,400 and his AIP target of 65% of his base salary.
 
(2) Reflects 18 months of COBRA and life insurance premiums at the same Company / employee percentage sharing as during employment.
 
Hans Ploos van Amstel(1)
 
                                         
                Involuntary
             
Executive Benefits and
  Voluntary
          Not for Cause
    For Cause
    Change of
 
Payments Upon Termination
  Termination     Retirement     Termination     Termination     Control  
 
Compensation:
                                       
Severance
  $     $     $ 1,639,886     $     $  
Stock Appreciation Rights
                             
Benefits:
                                       
COBRA & Life Insurance
                1,803              
 
 
(1) As previously described, Mr. Ploos van Amstel stepped down from his position on August 27, 2008. The amounts shown here are his actual payments in connection with his termination, as described under Other Matters — Employment Contracts.


125


Table of Contents

 
Alan Hed(1)
 
                                         
                Involuntary
             
Executive Benefits and
  Voluntary
          Not for Cause
    For Cause
    Change of
 
Payments Upon Termination
  Termination     Retirement     Termination     Termination     Control  
 
Compensation:
                                       
Severance
  $     $     $ 503,333     $     $  
Stock Appreciation Rights
                             
Benefits:
                                       
COBRA & Life Insurance
                             
 
 
(1) As previously described, Mr. Hed separated from the Company on November 1, 2008. The amounts shown are his actual payments in connection with his termination, as described under Other Matters — Employment Contracts. Mr. Hed’s family did not move back to the U.S. prior to year-end; therefore, no repatriation expenses are reflected.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
The following table provides compensation information for our directors in fiscal 2008 who were not employees:
 
                                 
    Fees Earned
                   
    or Paid in
    Stock
    All Other
       
Name
  Cash     Awards(1)     Compensation     Total  
 
T. Gary Rogers(2)
  $ 185,000     $ 175,870     $ 34,732     $ 395,602  
Robert D. Haas(3)
    125,000       36,231       201,614       362,845  
Vanessa J. Castagna
    100,000       94,158             194,158  
Peter A. Georgescu(4)
    110,000       107,478             217,478  
Peter E. Haas, Jr. 
    100,000       107,478             207,478  
F. Warren Hellman(5)
    100,000       71,247             171,247  
Richard Kauffman(6)
    16,667                   16,667  
Leon J. Level
    120,000       107,478             227,478  
Stephen C. Neal
    100,000       94,158             194,158  
Patricia Salas Pineda(7)
    120,000       107,478             227,478  
 
 
(1) These amounts, from RSUs granted under the EIP in and prior to 2008, reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008. The amounts are calculated using the same valuation methodology used for financial reporting purposes in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) and as such do not reflect the amount of compensation actually received by the named executive officer during the fiscal year. For a description of the assumptions used in the calculation of this amount for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008, see Notes 1 and 14 of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
 
(2) Includes administrative support services valued at $26,409 and use of an office for his services as Chairman.
 
(3) Includes administrative support services valued at $158,497, a leased car at a value of $28,035, use of an office and a driver, and home security coverage for his services as Chairman Emeritus.
 
(4) Per agreement with Mr. Georgescu, his spouse’s travel expenses are paid by LS&CO. when she accompanies Mr. Georgescu when he travels to LS&CO. Board meetings.
 
(5) Mr. Hellman retired from the Board in October 2008.
 
(6) Mr. Kauffman joined the Board in October 2008.
 
(7) Ms. Pineda elected to defer $67,500 under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
T. Gary Rogers became Chairman of the Board on February 8, 2008. In connection with that role, he is entitled to receive an annual retainer in the amount of $200,000, 50% of which is to be paid in cash and 50% of which is to be paid in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”). In addition, he receives an office and related administrative support. Mr. Rogers received an initial grant of 833 RSUs. In addition, Mr. Rogers is eligible to receive the non-employee director cash compensation as described below.


126


Table of Contents

Robert D. Haas was Chairman of the Board prior to February 8, 2008. He has continued to serve as a director and is entitled to be Chairman Emeritus of the Board until 2018. In his role as Chairman Emeritus, we provide Mr. Haas an office, related administrative support, a leased car with driver and home security services.
 
Each non-employee director received compensation in 2008 consisting of an annual cash retainer fee of $100,000 and, if applicable, committee chairperson retainer fees ($20,000 for the Audit Committee and the Human Resources Committee, and $10,000 for the Finance Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee).
 
Each non-employee director, excluding Mr. Rogers, also received an annual equity award in the amount of 2,299 RSUs in 2008. Mr. Rogers, in his role as Chairman, received an annual award of 4,598 RSUs. All directors who held RSUs as of April 16, 2008, including the Chairman, received additional RSUs as a dividend equivalent under the terms of the EIP. All dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.
 
RSUs are granted under the Company’s 2006 EIP. RSUs are units, representing beneficial ownership interests, corresponding in number and value to a specified number of underlying shares of stock. Currently, RSUs have only been granted to our Board members. The RSUs vest in three equal installments after thirteen, twenty-four and thirty-six months following the grant date. After the recipient of the RSU has held the shares for six months, he or she may require the Company to repurchase, or the Company may require the participant to sell to the Company, those shares of common stock. If the director’s service terminates for reason other than cause after the first, but prior to full vesting, then any unvested portion of the award will fully vest as of the date of such termination. The 2007 RSU grant included a deferral delivery feature, under which the directors will not receive the vested awards until six months following the cessation of service on the Board. The value of the RSUs is tracked against the Company’s share prices, established by the Evercore valuation process.
 
In 2007, the Board approved stock ownership guidelines for our non-employee Board members consistent with governance practices of similarly-situated companies. The ownership target is $300,000 worth of equity ownership, to be achieved within five years. Therefore, RSUs were granted under the EIP, rather than other available forms of equity compensation, in order to provide the directors with immediate stock ownership to facilitate achievement of the ownership guidelines.
 
Directors are covered under travel accident insurance while on Company business, as are all employees, and the non-employee directors are eligible to participate in the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors that apply to directors. In 2008, only Ms. Pineda participated in this Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
The Human Resources Committee serves as the compensation committee of our board of directors. Its members are Ms. Pineda (Chair), Ms. Castagna, Mr. P.E. Haas Jr. and Mr. R.D. Haas. In 2008, no member of the Human Resources Committee was a current officer or employee, or former officer, of ours. In addition, there are no compensation committee interlocks between us and other entities involving our executive officers and our Board members who serve as executive officers of those other entities.
 
Ms. Castagna, a director since October 2007, is a former employee of Mervyns LLC, a position she left in February 2007. The Company had net sales to Mervyns LLC in the amount of approximately $144 million from the beginning of fiscal 2006 through the first quarter of 2007, after which Ms. Castagna was no longer an employee of Mervyns LLC.
 
Mr. Neal, a director since October 2007, was chief executive officer and chairman of the law firm Cooley Godward Kronish LLP. Mr. Neal stepped down as chief executive officer effective January 1, 2008, but has retained his role as Chairman of the firm. Cooley Godward Kronish provided legal services to us and to the Human Resources Committee of our board of directors in 2008, for which we paid fees of approximately $180,000.


127


Table of Contents

Item 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
All shares of our common stock are deposited in a voting trust, a legal arrangement that transfers the voting power of the shares to a trustee or group of trustees. The four voting trustees are Miriam L. Haas, Peter E. Haas Jr., Robert D. Haas and Stephen C. Neal. The voting trustees have the exclusive ability to elect and remove directors, amend our by-laws and take certain other actions which would normally be within the power of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Our equity holders who, as a result of the voting trust, legally hold “voting trust certificates,” not stock, retain the right to direct the trustees on specified mergers and business combinations, liquidations, sales of substantially all of our assets and specified amendments to our certificate of incorporation.
 
The voting trust will last until April 2011, unless the trustees unanimously decide, or holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates decide, to terminate it earlier. If Robert D. Haas ceases to be a trustee for any reason, then the question of whether to continue the voting trust will be decided by the holders. The existing trustees will select the successors to the other trustees. The agreement among the stockholders and the trustees creating the voting trust contemplates that, in selecting successor trustees, the trustees will attempt to select individuals who share a common vision with the sponsors of the 1996 transaction that gave rise to the voting trust, represent and reflect the financial and other interests of the equity holders and bring a balance of perspectives to the trustee group as a whole. A trustee may be removed if the other three trustees unanimously vote for removal or if holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting trust certificates vote for removal.
 
The following table contains information about the beneficial ownership of our voting trust certificates as of February 2, 2009, by:
 
  •  Each of our directors and each of our named executive officers;
 
  •  Each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our voting trust certificates; and
 
  •  All of our directors and officers as a group.
 
Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which that person has no economic interest. Except as described in the footnotes to the table below, the individuals named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all voting trust certificates beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.


128


Table of Contents

,
 
As of February 2, 2009, there were 187 record holders of voting trust certificates. The percentage of beneficial ownership shown in the table is based on 37,278,238 shares of common stock and related voting trust certificates outstanding as of February 2, 2009. The business address of all persons listed, including the trustees under the voting trust, is 1155 Battery Street, San Francisco, California 94111.
 
                 
          Percentage of
 
    Number of Voting
    Voting Trust
 
    Trust Certificates
    Certificates
 
Name
  Beneficially Owned     Outstanding  
 
Peter E. Haas, Jr. 
    8,067,197 (1)     21.64 %
Miriam L. Haas
    6,547,314 (2)     17.56 %
Margaret E. Haas
    4,274,595 (3)     11.47 %
Robert D. Haas
    3,952,503 (4)     10.60 %
Vanessa J. Castagna
           
Peter A. Georgescu
           
Richard L. Kauffman
           
Leon J. Level
           
Stephen C. Neal
           
Patricia Salas Pineda
           
T. Gary Rogers
           
R. John Anderson
           
Armin Broger
           
Robert L. Hanson
           
David Love
           
Heidi L. Manes
           
Directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons)
    12,019,700       32.24 %,
 
 
(1) Includes 2,774,670 voting trust certificates held by the Joanne and Peter Haas Jr. Fund, of which Mr. Haas is president, for the benefit of charitable entities. Includes a total of 1,412,494 voting trust certificates held by trusts, of which Mr. Haas is trustee, for the benefit of his children. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the foregoing voting trust certificates. Also includes 2,263,047 voting trust certificates representing shares of common stock pledged to a third party as collateral for a loan.
 
(2) Includes 20,000 voting trust certificates held by the estate of Peter E. Haas, Sr., for which Ms. Haas is the executor under the will of Peter E. Haas, Sr.
 
(3) Includes 20,437 voting trust certificates held in a custodial account, of which Ms. Haas is custodian, for the benefit of Ms. Haas’ son. Includes 922,590 voting trust certificates held by the Margaret E. Haas Fund, of which Ms. Haas is president, for the benefit of charitable entities. Ms. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the foregoing voting trust certificates.
 
(4) Includes an aggregate of 50,876 voting trust certificates owned by the spouse of Mr. Haas and by a trust, of which Mr. Haas is trustee, for the benefit of their daughter. Includes 6,164 voting trust certificates held by the Walter A. Haas, Jr. QTIP Trust A, of which Mr. Haas is a co-trustee, for the benefit of his mother. Mr. Haas disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the foregoing voting trust certificates.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table sets forth certain information, as of November 30, 2008, with respect to the EIP, our only equity compensation plan. This plan was approved by our shareholders. See Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this report for more information about the EIP.
 
                     
            Number of SARs
 
      Weighted-Average
    Remaining Available
 
Number of Securities to
    Exercise Price of
    for Future Issuance
 
Be Issued Upon Exercise
    Outstanding
    Under Equity
 
of Outstanding SARs(1)     SARs     Compensation Plans(2)  
 
      $ 48.20       700,000  
 
(1) All SARs are antidilutive as of November 30, 2008.
 
(2) Reflects total amount available as all SARS are antidilutive. Does not include 33,692 voting stock certificates related to restricted stock units.


129


Table of Contents

 
Stockholders’ Agreement
 
Our common stock and the voting trust certificates are not publicly held or traded. All shares and the voting trust certificates are subject to a stockholders’ agreement. The agreement, which expires in April 2016, limits the transfer of shares and certificates to other holders, family members, specified charities and foundations and to us. The agreement does not provide for registration rights or other contractual devices for forcing a public sale of shares, certificates or other access to liquidity. The scheduled expiration date of the stockholders’ agreement is five years later than that of the voting trust agreement in order to permit an orderly transition from effective control by the voting trust trustees to direct control by the stockholders.
 
Item 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
Robert D. Haas, a director and Chairman Emeritus of our board of directors, is the President of the Levi Strauss Foundation, which is not a consolidated entity of the Company. During 2008, we donated $14.8 million to the Levi Strauss Foundation.
 
Stephen C. Neal, a director, is chairman of the law firm Cooley Godward Kronish LLP. The firm provided legal services to us and to the Human Resources Committee of our board of directors in 2008 for which we paid fees of approximately $180,000.
 
Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions
 
We have a written policy concerning the review and approval of related party transactions. Potential related party transactions are identified through an internal review process that includes a review of director and officer questionnaires and a review of any payments made in connection with transactions in which related persons may have had a direct or indirect material interest. Any business transactions or commercial relationships between the Company and any director, stockholder, or any of their immediate family members, are reviewed by the Nominating and Governance Committee of the board and must be approved by at least a majority of the disinterested members of the board. Business transactions or commercial relationships between the Company and named executive officers who are not directors or any of their immediate family members requires approval of the chief executive officer with reporting to the Audit Committee.
 
Director Independence
 
Although our shares are not registered on a national securities exchange, we review and take into consideration the director independence criteria required by both the New York Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ Stock Market in determining the independence of our directors. In addition, the charters of our board committees prohibit members from having any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of their independence from management and the Company. The fact that a director may own stock or voting trust certificates representing stock in the Company is not, by itself, considered an “interference” with independence under the committee charters. Family shareholders or other family member directors are not eligible for membership on the Audit Committee. These independence standards are disclosed on our website at http//www.levistrauss.com/Company/DirectorIndependence.aspx
 
Each of our directors except for John Anderson, who serves as our full-time President and Chief Executive Officer, meets these standards of independence.


130


Table of Contents

Item 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
Engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm.  The audit committee is responsible for approving every engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit or non-audit services for us before being engaged to provide those services. The audit committee’s pre-approval policy provides as follows:
 
  •  First, once a year when the base audit engagement is reviewed and approved, management will identify all other services (including fee ranges) for which management knows it will engage our independent registered public accounting firm for the next 12 months. Those services typically include quarterly reviews, employee benefit plan reviews, specified tax matters, certifications to the lenders as required by financing documents, consultation on new accounting and disclosure standards and, in future years, reporting on management’s internal controls assessment.
 
  •  Second, if any new proposed engagement comes up during the year that was not pre-approved by the audit committee as discussed above, the engagement will require: (i) specific approval of the chief financial officer and corporate controller (including confirming with counsel permissibility under applicable laws and evaluating potential impact on independence) and, if approved by management, (ii) approval of the audit committee.
 
  •  Third, the chair of the audit committee will have the authority to give such approval, but may seek full audit committee input and approval in specific cases as he or she may determine.
 
Auditor fees.  The following table shows fees billed to or incurred by us for professional services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC, our independent registered public accounting firm during 2008 and 2007:
 
                 
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    November 30,
    November 25,
 
    2008     2007(3)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Services provided:
               
Audit fees(1)
  $ 4,415     $ 3,921  
Audit-related fees(2)
    1,330       955  
Tax services
    56        
                 
Total fees
  $ 5,801     $ 4,876  
                 
 
 
(1) Includes fees for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements, quarterly reviews of interim consolidated financial statements and statutory audits.
 
(2) Principally comprised of fees related to controls reviews in connection with our implementation of our enterprise resource planning system, the audit of certain of our benefit plans and Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 planning in 2008 and 2007.
 
(3) Does not include fees of $0.1 million to KPMG LLP in connection with the auditor transition and other miscellaneous charges in 2007.
 
Change in principal independent accountants.  On February 5, 2007, we informed KPMG LLP that they would be dismissed as our principal independent accountants effective upon the completion of their audit of our financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended November 26, 2006, and the issuance of their report thereon. On February 9, 2007, we engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our new principal independent accountants.


131


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
List the following documents filed as a part of the report:
 
1.   Financial Statements
 
The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8:
 
         
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
2.   Financial Statement Schedule
 
         
       
 
All other schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required or the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
 
     
Exhibits
   
 
3.1
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001.
3.2
  Amended and Restated By-Laws. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on July 12, 2005.
4.1
  Fiscal Agency Agreement, dated November 21, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to ¥20 billion 4.25% bonds due 2016. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.
4.2
  Indenture relating to 9.75% Senior Notes due 2015, dated of December 22, 2004, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 23, 2004.
4.3
  Indenture relating to the 8.625% Senior Notes due 2013, dated March 11, 2005, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 11, 2005.
4.4
  First Supplemental Indenture relating to the 8.625% Senior Notes due 2013, dated March 11, 2005, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 11, 2005.
4.5
  Indenture relating to the 8.875% Senior Notes due 2016, dated as of March 17, 2006, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 17, 2006.
4.6
  Voting Trust Agreement, dated April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant), Robert D. Haas, Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas Jr., F. Warren Hellman, as voting trustees, and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 9 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.
10.1
  Stockholders Agreement, dated April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant) and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.
10.2
  Supply Agreement, dated March 30, 1992, and First Amendment to Supply Agreement, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.


132


Table of Contents

     
Exhibits
   
 
10.3
  Second Amendment to Supply Agreement dated May 13, 2002, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation dated as of March 30, 1992. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on September 19, 2002.
10.4
  Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors, effective January 1, 2003. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.64 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 12, 2003.*
10.5
  First Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors, dated November 17, 2003. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.69 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 1, 2004.*
10.6
  Second Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors, effective January 1, 2005. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 12, 2004.*
10.7
  Executive Severance Plan effective January 16, 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 23, 2008.
10.8
  Excess Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.*
10.9
  Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.*
10.10
  Amendment to Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.*
10.11
  Annual Incentive Plan, effective November 29, 2004. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on July 12, 2005.*
10.12
  2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 19, 2006.*
10.13
  Form of stock appreciation right award agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 19, 2006.*
10.14
  Rabbi Trust Agreement, effective January 1, 2003, between the Registrant and Boston Safe Deposit and Trust Company. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.65 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 12, 2003.*
10.15
  Offer Letter, dated March 24, 2005, between the Registrant and Hans Ploos van Amstel summarizing the terms of Mr. Ploos van Amstel’s employment as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 12, 2005.*
10.16
  Letter of December 18, 2006, to Hans Ploos van Amstel. Previously filed with the Commission on December 22, 2006.*
10.17
  Offer letter dated October 17, 2006, from the Registrant to John Anderson. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 27, 2006.*
10.18
  Amendment of November 28, 2006, to offer letter dated October 17, 2006, from the Registrant to John Anderson. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 30, 2006.*
10.19
  Limited Waiver dated as of March 1, 2007, by and among Levi Strauss & Co., the financial institutions listed therein and Bank of America, N.A. as agent for lenders. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2007.
10.20
  Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2007, among Levi Strauss & Co., the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 30, 2007.
10.21
  Employment Contract and related agreements, dated as of February 23, 2007, between Armin Broger and Levi Strauss Nederland B.V. and various affiliates. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 10, 2007.*

133


Table of Contents

     
Exhibits
   
 
10.22
  Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 11, 2007, among Levi Strauss & Co., Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, the financial institutions party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as agent, to the First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 18, 2006, between Levi Strauss & Co., Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, the financial institutions party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 12, 2007.
10.23
  Second Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated October 11, 2007, by Levi Strauss & Co. and certain subsidiaries of Levi Strauss & Co. in favor of the agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 12, 2007.
10.24
  Trademark Security Agreement, dated October 11, 2007, by Levi Strauss & Co. in favor of the agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 12, 2007.
10.25
  First Amended and Restated Subsidiary Guaranty, dated October 11, 2007, by certain subsidiaries of Levi Strauss & Co. in favor of the agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 12, 2007.
10.26
  Director Indemnification Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 10, 2008.
12
  Statements re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. Filed herewith.
14.1
  Worldwide Code of Business Conduct of Registrant. Previously filed as Exhibit 14 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 1, 2004.
21
  Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Filed herewith.
23
  Consent of KPMG LLP. Filed herewith.
24
  Power of Attorney. Contained in signature pages hereto.
31.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
31.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
32
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Furnished herewith.
 
 
* Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.

134


Table of Contents

 
SCHEDULE II
 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                 
          Additions
             
    Balance at
    Charged to /
          Balance at
 
    Beginning
    (Recoveries of)
          End of
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
  of Period     Expenses     Deductions(1)     Period  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
November 30, 2008
  $ 14,805     $ 10,376     $ 8,295     $ 16,886  
                                 
November 25, 2007
  $ 17,998     $ 542     $ 3,735     $ 14,805  
                                 
November 26, 2006
  $ 26,550     $ (1,021 )   $ 7,531     $ 17,998  
                                 
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Additions
          Balance at
 
    Beginning
    Charged to
          End of
 
Sales Returns
  of Period     Net Sales     Deductions(1)     Period  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
November 30, 2008
  $ 54,495     $ 126,481     $ 143,643     $ 37,333  
                                 
November 25, 2007
  $ 29,888     $ 130,707     $ 106,100     $ 54,495  
                                 
November 26, 2006
  $ 18,418     $ 110,740     $ 99,270     $ 29,888  
                                 
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Additions
          Balance at
 
    Beginning
    Charged to
          End of
 
Sales Discounts and Incentives
  of Period     Net Sales     Deductions(1)     Period  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
November 30, 2008
  $ 106,615     $ 266,169     $ 276,991     $ 95,793  
                                 
November 25, 2007
  $ 84,102     $ 319,315     $ 296,802     $ 106,615  
                                 
November 26, 2006
  $ 77,480     $ 242,654     $ 236,032     $ 84,102  
                                 
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Charges/
          Balance at
 
Valuation Allowance Against
  Beginning
    (Releases) to
          End of
 
 Deferred Tax Assets
  of Period     Tax Expense     Deductions(1)     Period  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
November 30, 2008
  $ 73,596     $ (1,768 )   $ 13,135     $ 58,693  
                                 
November 25, 2007
  $ 326,881     $ (206,830 )   $ 46,455     $ 73,596  
                                 
November 26, 2006
  $ 303,273     $ (28,729 )   $ (52,337 )   $ 326,881  
                                 
 
 
(1) The charges to the accounts are for the purposes for which the allowances were created.


135


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
LEVI STRAUSS & CO.
 
  By: 
/s/  Heidi L. Manes
Heidi L. Manes
Vice President and Controller /
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
Date: February 10, 2009
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Heidi L. Manes, and Hilary K. Krane and each of them, his or her attorney-in-fact with power of substitution for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments, supplements or other documents relating to this Annual Report on Form 10-K he or she deems necessary or appropriate, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact or their substitute may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
   
 
         
/s/  T. Gary Rogers

T. Gary Rogers
  Chairman of the Board   Date: February 10, 2009
         
/s/  R. John Anderson

R. John Anderson
  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer   Date: February 10, 2009
         
/s/  Robert D. Haas

Robert D. Haas
  Director, Chairman Emeritus   Date: February 10, 2009
         
/s/  Vanessa J. Castagna

Vanessa J. Castagna
  Director   Date: February 10, 2009
         
/s/  Peter A. Georgescu

Peter A. Georgescu
  Director   Date: February 10, 2009
         
/s/  Peter E. Haas Jr.

Peter E. Haas Jr.
  Director   Date: February 10, 2009
         
/s/  Richard L. Kauffman

Richard L. Kauffman
  Director   Date: February 10, 2009


136


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
   
 
         
/s/  Leon J. Level

Leon J. Level
  Director   Date: February 10, 2009
         
/s/  Stephen C. Neal

Stephen C. Neal
  Director   Date: February 10, 2009
         
/s/  Patricia Salas Pineda

Patricia Salas Pineda
  Director   Date: February 10, 2009
         
    

Martin P. Coles
  Director   Date:


137


Table of Contents

 
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
 
We will furnish our 2008 annual report to our voting trust certificate holders after the filing of this Form 10-K and will furnish copies of such material to the SEC at such time.


138


Table of Contents

EXHIBITS INDEX
 
         
  3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 6, 2001.
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-Laws. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on July 12, 2005.
  4 .1   Fiscal Agency Agreement, dated November 21, 1996, between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., relating to ¥20 billion 4.25% bonds due 2016. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.
  4 .2   Indenture relating to 9.75% Senior Notes due 2015, dated of December 22, 2004, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 23, 2004.
  4 .3   Indenture relating to the 8.625% Senior Notes due 2013, dated March 11, 2005, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 11, 2005.
  4 .4   First Supplemental Indenture relating to the 8.625% Senior Notes due 2013, dated March 11, 2005, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 11, 2005.
  4 .5   Indenture relating to the 8.875% Senior Notes due 2016, dated as of March 17, 2006, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 17, 2006.
  4 .6   Voting Trust Agreement, dated April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant), Robert D. Haas, Peter E. Haas, Sr., Peter E. Haas,Jr., F. Warren Hellman, as voting trustees, and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 9 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.
  10 .1   Stockholders Agreement, dated April 15, 1996, among LSAI Holding Corp. (predecessor of the Registrant) and the stockholders. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.
  10 .2   Supply Agreement, dated March 30, 1992, and First Amendment to Supply Agreement, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.
  10 .3   Second Amendment to Supply Agreement dated May 13, 2002, between the Registrant and Cone Mills Corporation dated as of March 30, 1992. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on September 19, 2002.
  10 .4   Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors, effective January 1, 2003. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.64 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 12, 2003.*
  10 .5   First Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors, dated November 17, 2003. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.69 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 1, 2004.*
  10 .6   Second Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives and Outside Directors, effective January 1, 2005. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on October 12, 2004.*
  10 .7   Executive Severance Plan effective January 16, 2008. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 23, 2008.
  10 .8   Excess Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.*
  10 .9   Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on May 4, 2000.*
  10 .10   Amendment to Supplemental Benefit Restoration Plan effective January 1, 2001. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 5, 2001.*
  10 .11   Annual Incentive Plan, effective November 29, 2004. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on July 12, 2005.*
  10 .12   2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 19, 2006.*


Table of Contents

         
  10 .13   Form of stock appreciation right award agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 19, 2006.*
  10 .14   Rabbi Trust Agreement, effective January 1, 2003, between the Registrant and Boston Safe Deposit and Trust Company. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.65 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 12, 2003.*
  10 .15   Offer Letter, dated March 24, 2005, between the Registrant and Hans Ploos van Amstel summarizing the terms of Mr. Ploos van Amstel’s employment as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 12, 2005.*
  10 .16   Letter of December 18, 2006, to Hans Ploos van Amstel. Previously filed with the Commission on December 22, 2006.*
  10 .17   Offer letter dated October 17, 2006, from the Registrant to John Anderson. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 27, 2006.*
  10 .18   Amendment of November 28, 2006, to offer letter dated October 17, 2006, from the Registrant to John Anderson. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 30, 2006.*
  10 .19   Limited Waiver dated as of March 1, 2007, by and among Levi Strauss & Co., the financial institutions listed therein and Bank of America, N.A. as agent for lenders. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2007.
  10 .20   Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2007, among Levi Strauss & Co., the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 30, 2007.
  10 .21   Employment Contract and related agreements, dated as of February 23, 2007, between Armin Broger and Levi Strauss Nederland B.V. and various affiliates. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on April 10, 2007.*
  10 .22   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 11, 2007, among Levi Strauss & Co., Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, the financial institutions party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as agent, to the First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 18, 2006, between Levi Strauss & Co., Levi Strauss Financial Center Corporation, the financial institutions party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 12, 2007.
  10 .23   Second Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated October 11, 2007, by Levi Strauss & Co. and certain subsidiaries of Levi Strauss & Co. in favor of the agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 12, 2007.
  10 .24   Trademark Security Agreement, dated October 11, 2007, by Levi Strauss & Co. in favor of the agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 12, 2007.
  10 .25   First Amended and Restated Subsidiary Guaranty, dated October 11, 2007, by certain subsidiaries of Levi Strauss & Co. in favor of the agent. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 12, 2007.
  10 .26   Director Indemnification Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 10, 2008.
  12     Statements re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. Filed herewith.
  14 .1   Worldwide Code of Business Conduct of Registrant. Previously filed as Exhibit 14 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 1, 2004.
  21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Filed herewith.
  23     Consent of KPMG LLP. Filed herewith.
  24     Power of Attorney. Contained in signature pages hereto.
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  32     Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Furnished herewith.
 
 
* Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.